Skip to main content

Degree Programme in Business

Degree:
Bachelor of Business Administration

Degree title:
Tradenomi (AMK), Bachelor of Business Administration

Credits:
210 ects

Degree Programme in Business Administration
Degree Programme in Business Administration

Degree Programme in Business Administration
Degree Programme in Business Administration

Degree Programme in Business Administration

Timing plans by study path

Degree Programme in Business Administration

Degree Programme in Business Administration

Timing plans by study path

Degree Programme in Business Administration

Degree Programme in Business Administration

Degree Programme in Business Administration; Financial Management
Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 - 10

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marianne Renvall
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • PLIITS21mar
    PLIITS21mar
  • PMYYNS21

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to:
-understand the business model of the client company
-listen to the customer and suggest solutions that create value in sales and marketing
-develop and improve sales and marketing together with the client.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.11.2023 - 30.11.2023

Timing

01.12.2023 - 30.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 - 10

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marianne Renvall
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • PMYYNS22
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to:
-understand the business model of the client company
-listen to the customer and suggest solutions that create value in sales and marketing
-develop and improve sales and marketing together with the client.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

29.09.2023 - 31.10.2023

Timing

29.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
  • Päivi Killström
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS21ba
    PLIITS21ba

Objective

The student
- knows how to define the target group and set goals and schedules for sales
- understands what affects the purchasing behavior of the target group and plans sales accordingly
- knows and implements the different stages of the sales process (also social selling)
- chooses proper and cost-efficient sales channels
- understands the client needs and uses communication skills accordingly in the sales situation
- is able to create a positive atmosphere in his/her sales team for achieving sales goals.

Content

Basics of purchasing behaviour
Sales process theory
Planning of sales and realization of the plan, budgeting and monitoring
Customer oriented and solution focused sales

Teaching methods

The student does a sales campaign as a project for his/her cooperative or BA, or for a company or organisation out of BA.

International connections

This course is based on the working culture of BusinesAcademy incl training sessions, learning agreement, projects and reading.
Students present the learning outcomes in their portfolios.

Content scheduling

Basics of purchasing behaviour
Sales process theory
Planning of sales and realization of the plan, budgeting and monitoring
Customer oriented and solution focused sales

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The student is graded according to his/her portfolio, self reflection, peer and coach´s evaluation. The student is responsible for receiving peer evaluation from the project group as well as from the client.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade (1-2), the student
organizes a sales campaign and carries it into effect
understands the basics of consumer behaviour and knows how to use the basic sales tools
follows through the sales campaign and makes sure it is properly evaluated

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade (3-4) the student
organizes a sales campaign and carries it into effect
follows through the sales campaign and makes sure it is properly evaluated
acts independently in the sales campaign as project manager or according to other role
masters budgeting and other sales tools
develops own goal oriented sales skills according to customer feedback
reaches sales goals

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade (5) the student
organizes a sales campaign and carries it into effect
follows through the sales campaign and makes sure it is properly evaluated
acts independently in the sales campaign as project manager or according to other role
masters budgeting and other sales tools
develops own and others´goal oriented sales skills according to customer feedback
evaluates and develops diverse expertise in sales
reaches or exceeds sales goals.

Enrollment

05.08.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

The student has competences in customer projects. S/he can plan and carry out a project and set objectives for it. Student can use project management tools and can carry out the documentation and communication. Student knows the basics of customer management, bidding, scheduling and communication with the team and with the customer. Student can set the objectives for a project together with the customer and carry out and complete a customer project.

Content

Carrying out a customer project or working as an active member of a customer project team.
Planning, budgeting, scheduling, carrying out and presenting a customer project.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 08.01.2024

Timing

09.01.2024 - 12.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marianne Renvall
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

Student:
-reflects on own and other´s sales skills and develop relevant sales skills
-communicates with customers using dialogue
-proceeds towards deal in the sales process

Content

Reflection (SWOT) of own sales skills
The importance of communication and features of dialogue
Training and evaluation of sales process

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 10.03.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

The student:
- knows how to sell products and services according to customers´needs
- recognizes and implements the stages of sales process
- knows the special characteristics of b-to-b-sales
- takes the customer and his/her business into consideration in the sales negotiations and pursues long lasting customer relationships

Content

Knowledge and implementation of sales process theory, draft and implementation of sales plan
Understanding of b-to-b sales and customer relations development
Importance of dialogue in sales negotiations

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 14.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Otieno Mbare
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PLIITS22BOM
    PLIITS22BOM

Objective

Student is able to
- Understand the nature and social dynamics within B2B environment
- Segment B2B markets and design marketing communication tools
- Understand nature of organization buying behavior
- Evaluate key elements in the sales process.

Content

- Segmentation strategies in B2B
- Organizational buying behavior
- Relationship marketing
- Sales forecasting
- The Personal Selling Process and key competence in sales force

Materials

1. Business to Business Marketing Management
Author: By Jim Blythe, Alan Zimmerman. Pages: 528 Size: 4.52 MB Format: PDF Publisher: Routledge Ltd. Published: 12 April, 2013 eISBN-13: 9780203067581
2. Stephen P. Castleberry and John F. Tanner: Selling – Building Partnerships (4th Edition, 2014); Mc Graw Hill Education New York
3. David Jobber and Geoff Lancaster:Selling and Sales Management (10th Edition, 2015); Pearson Education ltd, Harlow, UK
4. Other readings and materials given during the course.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Group working
Reading and YouTube
Teams
Workshops
ITS-learning pages
Presentations

Exam schedules

All assignments and tasks are completed and returned in itslearning

International connections

Experiential learning, inquiry-based, case studies, collaborative, reflective, constructivism, and integrative

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

student workload = 133hrs

Content scheduling

Objectives and goals:
- Understand segmentation strategies in B2B
- Complexities in organizational buying behavior
- Relationship marketing
- The Personal Selling Process and key competence in sales force
- To know the reason why sales forecasting is so important to organisations

Further information

More information to be given on the first Lesson.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on a scale of: 1 - 5
Active participation in team 10%
Individual assignment 40%
Team assignment 50%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The work does not reach the standard level of the course. There is no evidence of further reading or considered thought about the subject matter neither clear demonstration of familiarity with the various B2B marketing concepts.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

There is knowledge of core B2B marketing material and concepts but the knowledge and the processing of knowledge is weak or limited. There is only little evidence of wider reading.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The work is reasonably competent, though there may be some weaknesses. Knowledge of various B2B marketing concepts is adequate and while there is evidence of reading beyond the class, it's patchy or not broad (3).
Reasoning; depth and breadth of reading (4)

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The work is well developed beyond that given; demonstrates sound conceptual knowledge in B2B marketing and
The work reflect very high conceptual standard and demonstrate knowledge in B2B concepts and autonomous development of reasoning processing well beyond that given in class. There is clear evidence of depth and breadth in reading.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 05.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 20.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

10 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Saara Tikkanen
Groups
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR

Objective

Having completed the course, the student is able to
- identify B2B customer needs
- orient oneself with different types of CRM systems
- apply customer oriented thinking in sales processes
- gather und utilize data on customers
- create a basic customer relationship management plan
- plan and implement marketing activities for different customer groups

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 04.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 13.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 25

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Emmanuel Querrec
  • Sami Nummela
  • Ajaya Joshi
Groups
  • PBUADS23

Objective

The student is able to
- use the basic terminology of business administration
- interpret the interactive relationships between the organization's economic process and the interest groups and their impact on profitability
- present the main characteristics of modern marketing thinking
- give examples of issues that have an effect on buyer behaviour and explain how the marketing mix can be used to reach target segments
- compare company forms businesswise
- explain the main characteristics and functions of the Finnish legal system
- apply the basic sources of legal information in problemsolving
- utilize business plan as a tool

Content

- basic concepts of business administration
- economic process of an organization
- profitability and calculation of profitability
- financing of business start
- risks and risk management
- organization and management
- company forms
- modern marketing thinking
- marketing environment
- buyer behaviour and segmentation
- marketing mix

Materials

Osterwalder. A., Pigneur, Y. & Clark, T. 2010. Business model generation: a handbook for visionaries, game changers and challengers. (Section 1: Business Model Canvas)

Uusyrityskeskus 2022. Guide: Becoming an entrepreneur in Finland

Other materials in ItsLearning

Teaching methods

During this course the student develops the basic skills of working life in various ways. The student learns to work in a goal-oriented manner, acquire knowledge independently from different sources and reflect on previous experiences. Learning the basics of cost-awareness and economical thinking supports these goals.

The student also learns to work in groups participating in the solution-making process in different roles. Group work improves social interaction skills and problem-solving skills.

Exam schedules

See Itslearning

International connections

In this course we are utilizing PBL (problem based learning) method. PBL is a student-centered approach in which students learn about a subject by working in groups to solve an open-ended problem. Students must identify the needed information. They learn the information and apply it to solve the problem.

Student workload

This course equals to 15 ECTS credits and 405 hours of work in total. The amount of work has been calculated as follows:

Group work and lectures 140 hours
Research 85 hours
Learning reports 100 hours
Business plan 80 hours

Content scheduling

The aim of the course is that the student understands the basics of business. The student acquires knowledge on entrepreneurship, business operations and the prerequisites of profitable business in a constantly alternating business environment. The student receives an overall picture of business operations and learns to utilize business plan as a tool.

The key topics covered in this course are: Working in a team, A successful business, Customer oriented action, Business intelligence, Entrepreneurship, Marketing mix, Marketing Communications, Financing and Entrepreneurship networks.

Contact lessons plan will be found in Peppi (Tuudo, Outlook calendar. See detailed schedule from lukkari.turkuamk.fi

Further information

All information is available in ItsLearning.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Course assessment is based on:

30 % group sessions (attitude, attendance, surprise quizz, coaches observations, peer evaluation)
40 % learning reports
30 % business plan

All parts must be passed (grade scale 5-1). Final grade is based on the performance on the different parts (grade scale 5-1).

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Student
-apply a wide range of basic business concepts in his/her work.
-think up and design an innovative and feasible business idea

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 28.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Emmanuel Querrec
  • Sami Nummela
  • Ajaya Joshi
  • Markku Rajala
Groups
  • PBUADK24

Objective

The student is able to
- use the basic terminology of business administration
- interpret the interactive relationships between the organization's economic process and the interest groups and their impact on profitability
- present the main characteristics of modern marketing thinking
- give examples of issues that have an effect on buyer behaviour and explain how the marketing mix can be used to reach target segments
- compare company forms businesswise
- explain the main characteristics and functions of the Finnish legal system
- apply the basic sources of legal information in problemsolving
- utilize business plan as a tool

Content

- basic concepts of business administration
- economic process of an organization
- profitability and calculation of profitability
- financing of business start
- risks and risk management
- organization and management
- company forms
- modern marketing thinking
- marketing environment
- buyer behaviour and segmentation
- marketing mix

Materials

Osterwalder. A., Pigneur, Y. & Clark, T. 2010. Business model generation: a handbook for visionaries, game changers and challengers. (Section 1: Business Model Canvas)

Uusyrityskeskus 2022. Guide: Becoming an entrepreneur in Finland

Other materials in ItsLearning

Teaching methods

During this course the student develops the basic skills of working life in various ways. The student learns to work in a goal-oriented manner, acquire knowledge independently from different sources and reflect on previous experiences. Learning the basics of cost-awareness and economical thinking supports these goals.

The student also learns to work in groups participating in the solution-making process in different roles. Group work improves social interaction skills and problem-solving skills.

Exam schedules

See Itslearning

International connections

In this course we are utilizing PBL (problem based learning) method. PBL is a student-centered approach in which students learn about a subject by working in groups to solve an open-ended problem. Students must identify the needed information. They learn the information and apply it to solve the problem.

Student workload

This course equals to 15 ECTS credits and 405 hours of work in total. The amount of work has been calculated as follows:

Group work and lectures 140 hours
Research 85 hours
Learning reports 100 hours
Business plan 80 hours

Content scheduling

The aim of the course is that the student understands the basics of business. The student acquires knowledge on entrepreneurship, business operations and the prerequisites of profitable business in a constantly alternating business environment. The student receives an overall picture of business operations and learns to utilize business plan as a tool.

The key topics covered in this course are: Working in a team, A successful business, Customer oriented action, Business intelligence, Entrepreneurship, Marketing mix, Marketing Communications, Economics, Financing and Entrepreneurship networks.

Contact lessons plan will be found in Peppi (Tuudo, Outlook calendar. See detailed schedule from lukkari.turkuamk.fi

Further information

All information is available in ItsLearning.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Course assessment is based on:

30 % group sessions (attitude, attendance, surprise quizz, coaches observations, peer evaluation)
40 % learning reports
30 % business plan

All parts must be passed (grade scale 5-1). Final grade is based on the performance on the different parts (grade scale 5-1).

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student exhibits a limited grasp of the key concepts in the course, facing challenges in applying their knowledge and understanding of the content. There's a notable deficiency in the ability to collect and interpret relevant data to inform judgments, including reflective considerations for assignment requirements. Additionally, the student encounters difficulties in effectively communicating their ideas to others. Furthermore, several parts of the text lack clarity.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has displayed a limited grasp of the primary areas covered in the course. There are some challenges in applying their knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student exhibits minimal proficiency in gathering and interpreting relevant data to inform judgments, which should involve reflection on the assignment requirements. Communication of ideas poses difficulties for the student. Additionally, some sections of the text lack clarity.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has showcased a strong grasp of the key areas in the course, demonstrating the ability to apply their knowledge and understanding of the course content effectively. They exhibit proficiency in gathering and interpreting relevant data to make informed judgments, incorporating reflective elements pertaining to assignment requirements. The student effectively communicates their ideas to others, and crucial sections of the text are clear and well-written.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has exhibited excellent knowledge and understanding of the key aspects of the course. They adeptly apply their knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates a high level of proficiency in gathering and interpreting relevant data to make informed judgments, incorporating reflective elements related to assignment requirements. Furthermore, the student communicates their ideas clearly and professionally to others. The majority of the text is articulate, clear, and well-written.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 11.09.2023

Timing

11.09.2023 - 01.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arto Manninen
Groups
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to
- explain basic branding concepts
- explain factors that help to create differentiated brands
- apply brand building in different contexts.

Content

- branding 360° process
- components of branding in three different sectors
- brand architecture and brand portfolio

Materials

Reading of own choise regarding brand building (books, articles) either printed or on-line. Lecture materials. Goup work materials.

Teaching methods

Lectures, literature, assignments, group work.

Exam schedules

Re-take will be agreed separately.

International connections

Innovative pedagogy incl. field work outside classroom and presentations.

Completion alternatives

No alternative methods.

Student workload

Book reflection, two assignments, exam = 133 hrs = 5 credits.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Book reflection pass/fail
Group work pass/fail during the course.
Exam 0-5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student does not attend or shows poor activity during the course (reflection, group work). No knowldge of basics in the exam.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Has returned book reflection, has attended group work and has Basic command of materials reuired to the exam.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Has returned book reflection, has attended group work and has Good command of materials reuired to the exam

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Has returned book reflection, has attended group work and has Exellent command of materials reuired to the exam

Qualifications

No special entry requirements

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arto Manninen
Groups
  • MLIITS23B
    MLIITS23B
  • MLIITS23A
    MLIITS23A
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to
- explain basic branding concepts
- explain factors that help to create differentiated brands
- apply brand building in different contexts.

Content

- branding 360° process
- components of branding in three different sectors
- brand architecture and brand portfolio

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kosar Mahmoodi
  • Kim Vo
  • TELI4 Virtuaalihenkilö YRMY
Groups
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Objective

The student can both orally and in writing:
- describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and working experience,
- introduce the operations and organization of a company and tell about different types of company forms as well as types of duties within a company,
- compile a professional job application and act in a job interview,
- communicate using right formality, vocabulary and phrases through a purchasing process (from an enquiry to an order, complaints, adjustments),
- analyze and tell about current business news in various Finnish media
- make and maintain contacts by phone, email, face-to-face

Content

Telling about the student’s own education, training and work experience. The student understands and can use appropriate business vocabulary and phrases both orally and in writing when describing the operations of a company, business environment, products and processes.
Making and maintaining contacts, discussing current business news, practising presentation skills. Compiling a job application and CV, acting in a job interview. Documentation used in a purchasing process.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 04.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 17.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 100

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Teittinen
Groups
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

The student can both orally and in writing:
- describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and working experience,
- introduce the operations and organization of a company and tell about different types of company forms as well as types of duties within a company,
- compile a professional job application and act in a job interview,
- communicate using right formality, vocabulary and phrases through a purchasing process (from an enquiry to an order, complaints, adjustments),
- analyze and tell about current business news in various Finnish media
- make and maintain contacts by phone, email, face-to-face

Content

Telling about the student’s own education, training and work experience. The student understands and can use appropriate business vocabulary and phrases both orally and in writing when describing the operations of a company, business environment, products and processes.
Making and maintaining contacts, discussing current business news, practising presentation skills. Compiling a job application and CV, acting in a job interview. Documentation used in a purchasing process.

Materials

The course learning material consists of versatile and field-specific materials supporting learning which can be found on the course's itslearning platform. The material will be discussed in more detail during the course.

Teaching methods

Learning methods are based on active learning and application of knowledge by the student, both independently and in groups.

Learning methods include for example problem-based learning, flipped learning, work life-based learning, peer-assessment, self-assessment, reflection and discussion.

International connections

Pedagogical approaches encourage students to actively learn and apply knowledge through a variety of methods and field-specific assignments.

Student workload

The learning tasks consist of assignments, in-class activities and homework tasks. The assignments are part of the approved completion of the course. The assignments are assessed on the scale 0-5. The assignments are as follows:
- Video CV
- Formal email
- Company presentation
- Learning report

Detailed instructions for the assignments will be given during the course.

Content scheduling

Practising the oral and written skills of English with field-specific and varied assignments.
Writing and reading texts, giving a presentation, discussing, practising vocabulary.

The extent of the course is 5 credits, corresponding to 135 hours of student work. The exact lecture dates can be found in the schedule. In addition, the course includes independent work alongside the lectures.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on presence in the lectures (75 % presence is required) as well as approved completion of assignments and submission of assignments by the deadline.

The final grade for the course is based on the assessment scale of 0-5.

The assessment methods include teacher assessment, student's self-assessment and peer-assessment. The assessment criteria are gone through during the course and these are also found on the itslearning platform.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student does not complete the required tasks during the course. The oral and written production and understanding is scarce. The absences exceed the limitation, the student quits the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student succeeds satisfactorily in the oral and written production. The student is able to communicate even though the communication is inaccurate at times. The lack and inconsistency of the vocabulary repertoire limits the communication. There are deficiencies in the structures of the language.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student succeeds well in varied oral and written production situations. The student masters a varied vocabulary repertoire of the field and uses it well but there may be some inaccuracies in the language production. The student demonstrates skills to use structures in a versatile and correct manner but there might appear some mistakes in more demanding structures.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student demonstrates excellent skills in varied and demanding oral and written production situations. The student knows how to communicate in a context-appropriate manner. The student masters to a versatile and excellent extent the vocabulary of the field and in other contexts as well. The student is able to use multiple structures and shows how to use them in an almost impeccable manner.

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 04.10.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 17.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Vainio
Teacher in charge

Anniina Vainio

Groups
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F

Objective

The student can both orally and in writing:
- describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and working experience,
- introduce the operations and organization of a company and tell about different types of company forms as well as types of duties within a company,
- compile a professional job application and act in a job interview,
- communicate using right formality, vocabulary and phrases through a purchasing process (from an enquiry to an order, complaints, adjustments),
- analyze and tell about current business news in various Finnish media
- make and maintain contacts by phone, email, face-to-face

Content

Telling about the student’s own education, training and work experience. The student understands and can use appropriate business vocabulary and phrases both orally and in writing when describing the operations of a company, business environment, products and processes.
Making and maintaining contacts, discussing current business news, practising presentation skills. Compiling a job application and CV, acting in a job interview. Documentation used in a purchasing process.

Materials

The course learning material consists of versatile and field-specific materials supporting learning which can be found on the course's itslearning platform. The material will be discussed in more detail during the course.

Teaching methods

Learning methods are based on active learning and application of knowledge by the student, both independently and in groups.

Learning methods include for example problem-based learning, flipped learning, work life-based learning, peer-assessment, self-assessment, reflection and discussion.

International connections

Pedagogical approaches encourage students to actively learn and apply knowledge through a variety of methods and field-specific assignments.

Student workload

The learning tasks consist of assignments, in-class activities and homework tasks. The assignments are part of the approved completion of the course. The assignments are assessed on the scale 0-5. The assignments are as follows:
- Video CV
- Formal email
- Company presentation
- Learning report

Detailed instructions for the assignments will be given during the course.

Content scheduling

Practising the oral and written skills of English with field-specific and varied assignments.
Writing and reading texts, giving a presentation, discussing, practising vocabulary.

The extent of the course is 5 credits, corresponding to 135 hours of student work. The exact lecture dates can be found in the schedule. In addition, the course includes independent work alongside the lectures.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on presence in the lectures (75 % presence is required) as well as approved completion of assignments and submission of assignments by the deadline.

The final grade for the course is based on the assessment scale of 0-5.

The assessment methods include teacher assessment, student's self-assessment and peer-assessment. The assessment criteria are gone through during the course and these are also found on the itslearning platform.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student does not complete the required tasks during the course. The oral and written production and understanding is scarce. The absences exceed the limitation, the student quits the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student succeeds satisfactorily in the oral and written production. The student is able to communicate even though the communication is inaccurate at times. The lack and inconsistency of the vocabulary repertoire limits the communication. There are deficiencies in the structures of the language.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student succeeds well in varied oral and written production situations. The student masters a varied vocabulary repertoire of the field and uses it well but there may be some inaccuracies in the language production. The student demonstrates skills to use structures in a versatile and correct manner but there might appear some mistakes in more demanding structures.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student demonstrates excellent skills in varied and demanding oral and written production situations. The student knows how to communicate in a context-appropriate manner. The student masters to a versatile and excellent extent the vocabulary of the field and in other contexts as well. The student is able to use multiple structures and shows how to use them in an almost impeccable manner.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jaana Lindgren
Groups
  • MKITIS23

Objective

The student can both orally and in writing:
- describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and working experience,
- introduce the operations and organization of a company and tell about different types of company forms as well as types of duties within a company,
- compile a professional job application and act in a job interview,
- communicate using right formality, vocabulary and phrases through a purchasing process (from an enquiry to an order, complaints, adjustments),
- analyze and tell about current business news in various Finnish media
- make and maintain contacts by phone, email, face-to-face

Content

Telling about the student’s own education, training and work experience. The student understands and can use appropriate business vocabulary and phrases both orally and in writing when describing the operations of a company, business environment, products and processes.
Making and maintaining contacts, discussing current business news, practising presentation skills. Compiling a job application and CV, acting in a job interview. Documentation used in a purchasing process.

Materials

Provided on course workspace for each study module

Teaching methods

The methods include task-based activities, individual research and reflection, interactive online and campus meetings, team discussions, video and reading materials.

Exam schedules

No exam as the course is task-based and assessed based on successful completion of required assignments and participation in online and campus workshops. Student can re-attempt the course by completing other missing parts of the course within one month of the course end.

International connections

Flipped learning, Work life oriented learning assignments, Independent and small group study, Task-based assessment

Completion alternatives

Similar Business English courses in other HEI's
Accreditation of prior learning is possible, please contact the teacher before the course starts for instructions. If the accreditation submission fulfils the assessment criteria, student can attain the credits. If the submission does not meet the criteria, student joins the course.

Student workload

135 hours of student work in total; 5 modules; each includes study materials and practical activities and assignments:

1. Describing his/her studies and professional field of work 20h
2. Professional texts and news in various media, vocabulary 25h
3. Career orientation, incl. professional job application, email cover letter and participating in a job interview 30h
4. Meetings and negotiations, networking and business socializing 30h
5. Pitching and presenting information 30h

Content scheduling

Student can both orally and in writing communicate using the right style and register in different contexts:
- Describing his/her studies and professional field of work
- Professional texts and news in various media, vocabulary
- Career orientation, incl. professional job application, email cover letter and participating in a job interview
- Meetings and negotiations, networking and business socializing
- Pitching and presenting information

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Description of own studies and work; peer and self evaluation

Assignments and type of feedback/evaluation:
-CV, email cover letter, Linkedin Profile, job interview practice; teacher and peer evaluation
-Product pitch; peer and self evaluation
-Professional presentation; self, peer and teacher evaluation
-Team meeting; peer and teacher evaluation
-Analysis of professional text and vocabulary; self and teacher evaluation

Assessment:
Completion of five course modules and assignments (50%)
Participation in online and campus meetings and activities (40%)
Peer feedback and self-evaluation (10%)

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student does not complete required course assignments that show competence in course topics, does not participate in the online meetings to showcase competence in course topics or take an active part in the course to share expertise and learn from others.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student shows some ability to communicate in situations requiring business communication skills. The student participates in class sessions but does not share or complete peer evaluation in the learning process. The student completes all the assignments but they may be of poorer standard in terms of language, communication or finishing. The self-evaluation may be lacking in terms of substance or reflection.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student demonstrates good ability to communicate in various oral and written business contexts. The student participates actively in class sessions and peer evaluation to share and learn from others. The student completes all assignments and self-evaluation as required to a good standard.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student is able to communicate professionally in different business situations. The student shows ability to adapt and adjust his/her communication style and react even in more demanding communicative situations. The student participates actively in class sessions and peer evaluation to share and learn from others. The student completes all assignments and self-evaluation as required to an excellent standard.

Enrollment

05.08.2023 - 10.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 17.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Vainio
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G

Objective

The student can both orally and in writing:
- describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and working experience,
- introduce the operations and organization of a company and tell about different types of company forms as well as types of duties within a company,
- compile a professional job application and act in a job interview,
- communicate using right formality, vocabulary and phrases through a purchasing process (from an enquiry to an order, complaints, adjustments),
- analyze and tell about current business news in various Finnish media
- make and maintain contacts by phone, email, face-to-face

Content

Telling about the student’s own education, training and work experience. The student understands and can use appropriate business vocabulary and phrases both orally and in writing when describing the operations of a company, business environment, products and processes.
Making and maintaining contacts, discussing current business news, practising presentation skills. Compiling a job application and CV, acting in a job interview. Documentation used in a purchasing process.

Materials

The course learning material consists of versatile and field-specific materials supporting learning which can be found on the course's itslearning platform. The material will be discussed in more detail during the course.

Teaching methods

Learning methods are based on active learning and application of knowledge by the student, both independently and in groups.

Learning methods include for example problem-based learning, flipped learning, work life-based learning, peer-assessment, self-assessment, reflection and discussion.

International connections

Pedagogical approaches encourage students to actively learn and apply knowledge through a variety of methods and field-specific assignments.

Student workload

The learning tasks consist of assignments, in-class activities and homework tasks. The assignments are part of the approved completion of the course. The assignments are assessed on the scale 0-5. The assignments are as follows:
- Video CV
- Formal email
- Company presentation
- Learning report

Detailed instructions for the assignments will be given during the course.

Content scheduling

Practising the oral and written skills of English with field-specific and varied assignments.
Writing and reading texts, giving a presentation, discussing, practising vocabulary.

The extent of the course is 5 credits, corresponding to 135 hours of student work. The exact lecture dates can be found in the schedule. In addition, the course includes independent work alongside the lectures.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on presence in the lectures (75 % presence is required) as well as approved completion of assignments and submission of assignments by the deadline.

The final grade for the course is based on the assessment scale of 0-5.

The assessment methods include teacher assessment, student's self-assessment and peer-assessment. The assessment criteria are gone through during the course and these are also found on the itslearning platform.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student does not complete the required tasks during the course. The oral and written production and understanding is scarce. The absences exceed the limitation, the student quits the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student succeeds satisfactorily in the oral and written production. The student is able to communicate even though the communication is inaccurate at times. The lack and inconsistency of the vocabulary repertoire limits the communication. There are deficiencies in the structures of the language.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student succeeds well in varied oral and written production situations. The student masters a varied vocabulary repertoire of the field and uses it well but there may be some inaccuracies in the language production. The student demonstrates skills to use structures in a versatile and correct manner but there might appear some mistakes in more demanding structures.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student demonstrates excellent skills in varied and demanding oral and written production situations. The student knows how to communicate in a context-appropriate manner. The student masters to a versatile and excellent extent the vocabulary of the field and in other contexts as well. The student is able to use multiple structures and shows how to use them in an almost impeccable manner.

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 16.01.2024

Timing

16.01.2024 - 13.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Teittinen
  • Marjo Aaltonen
Groups
  • MLIISK24

Objective

The student can both orally and in writing:
- describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and working experience,
- introduce the operations and organization of a company and tell about different types of company forms as well as types of duties within a company,
- compile a professional job application and act in a job interview,
- communicate using right formality, vocabulary and phrases through a purchasing process (from an enquiry to an order, complaints, adjustments),
- analyze and tell about current business news in various Finnish media
- make and maintain contacts by phone, email, face-to-face

Content

Telling about the student’s own education, training and work experience. The student understands and can use appropriate business vocabulary and phrases both orally and in writing when describing the operations of a company, business environment, products and processes.
Making and maintaining contacts, discussing current business news, practising presentation skills. Compiling a job application and CV, acting in a job interview. Documentation used in a purchasing process.

Materials

The course learning material consists of versatile and field-specific materials supporting learning which can be found on the course's itslearning platform. The material will be discussed in more detail during the course.

Teaching methods

Learning methods are based on active learning and application of knowledge by the student, both independently and in groups.

Learning methods include for example problem-based learning, flipped learning, work life-based learning, peer-assessment, self-assessment, reflection and discussion.

International connections

Pedagogical approaches encourage students to actively learn and apply knowledge through a variety of methods and field-specific assignments.

Student workload

The learning tasks consist of assignments, in-class activities and homework tasks. The assignments are part of the approved completion of the course. The assignments are assessed on the scale 0-5. The assignments are as follows:
- Video CV
- Formal email
- Company presentation
- Learning report

Detailed instructions for the assignments will be given during the course.

Content scheduling

Practising oral and written skills of English with field-specific and varied assignments.
Writing and reading texts, giving a presentation, discussing, practising vocabulary.

The extent of the course is 5 credits, corresponding to 135 hours of student work. The exact lecture dates can be found in the schedule. In addition, the course includes independent work alongside the lectures.

Further information

The student contacts the teacher via email.
The teacher uses primarily itslearning as the communication channel.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on presence in the lectures (75 % presence is required) as well as completion of assignments and submission of assignments by the deadline.

The final grade for the course is based on the assessment scale of 0-5.

The assessment methods include teacher assessment, student's self-assessment and peer-assessment. The assessment criteria are gone through during the course and these are also found on the itslearning platform.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student does not complete the required tasks during the course. The oral and written production and understanding is scarce. The absences exceed the limitation, the student quits the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student succeeds satisfactorily in the oral and written production. The student is able to communicate even though the communication is inaccurate at times. The lack and inconsistency of the vocabulary repertoire limit the communication. There are deficiencies in the structures of the language.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student succeeds well in varied oral and written production situations. The student masters a varied vocabulary repertoire of the field and uses it well but there may be some inaccuracies in the language production. The student demonstrates skills to use structures in a versatile and correct manner but there might appear some mistakes in more demanding structures.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student demonstrates excellent skills in varied and demanding oral and written production situations. The student knows how to communicate in a context-appropriate manner. The student masters to a versatile and excellent extent the vocabulary of the field and in other contexts as well. The student is able to use multiple structures and shows how to use them in an almost impeccable manner.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

16 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Annika Karppelin
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PMMWES22

Objective

After completing the course the student
- Knows the various theoretical frameworks on culture and cultural differences
- Understands the challenges in managing and working in a multicultural environment
- Is able to interact and communicate with customers from different cultural backgrounds

Content

Cultural frameworks, awareness and identity
Organizational and service culture
Intercultural communication skills
Leadership skills in multicultural environment

Location and time

According to the schedule

Materials

Any relevant book on Cross-cultural Communication. There are several in the library.
Recommended: Lewis, Richard. 2006: Multiculturalism observed: Exploring identity.
other books from Richard Lewis.
Good examples of e-books available at TUAS library:
1) Kim, Young Yun. 2001. Becoming intercultural : an integrative theory of communication and cross-cultural adaptation
2) Cotton, Gayle. 2013. Say anything to anyone, anywhere : 5 keys to successful cross cultural communication.
3) Warren, Thomas L. 2017. Cross-cultural Communication: perspectives in theory and practice. Introduction and chapter 3.
4) Niemeier, Campbell and Dirven. 1998. The cultural context in business communication.

Hofstede: https://www.hofstede-insights.com/product/compare-countries/

Teaching methods

Group work and group presentations by students
Simulation games and activities by students (if face to face contacts are permitted)
In case of online sessions, they will be theoretical lessons as well as discussion sessions with agreed themes.
Opening intro and key notes by teacher

Exam schedules

There is no exam. Active physical attendance in a minimum of 50% of the activity classes is necessary.

International connections

Team learning
Intercultural team learning
Learning by doing (simulations, activities)
Reading and reflection on theories.

Completion alternatives

There are no alternative ways to cover this particular activity and simulation course. If interested in Accreditation of prior studies, please contact the responsible teacher latest in calendar week 36/37.

Student workload

Group work 35 h
Independent work 56 h (preparation for classes and research for own topic)
Contact hours 42 h

Content scheduling

1. Introduction to the course, forming of groups, assigning of themes, self reflection task
2.Cultural Communication Simulation Bafa-Bafa (if face to face contacts are permitted for groups)
3. Instructions and theoretical approach to "How to activate the theme with student groups". Task of the course are explained via an example "Small talk".
4. Theoretical introductions of cultural aspects (Hofstede, Hall, Lewis, Trompenaars)
Depending on the group size and corona restrictions; each week Cultural communication activity theme 1 by groups 1, Introduction to theme 2, group 2 etc…
Examples of topics chosen by previous classes:
Non verbal communication, Dress code in Business, Hierarchy and Organizational aspects of Business, Do's and Dont's in culture in general & in meetings, Food Culture and dining, Human rights, The importance of the perception of time in business, Tipping culture and issues of money, Language barriers - body language, sign language etc., Problem solving in different cultures, Leadership cultures.

Last session: Revision of topics. Peer and self evaluation, reflection.

Further information

The topics are decided with the students in the beginning of the course.
Examples of cultural communication themes:
-written communication i.e. emails
-oral communication i.e. phone calls and digital communication i.e. Skype-meetings
-customer service i.e. sales negotiation
-orders and reclamation in b-to-b
-formal and informal meetings
-social program and small talk
-business trips and company visit
-product presentation at conferences
- management of intercultural teams

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Participation in all:
-10 theoretical and practical learning sessions: Teacher assessment and peer assessment using KAHOOT.
Minimum to pass 50% attendance AND returned assignments.
1) Cultural Identity essay
2) Stereotypes essay
3) Final reflection
Final reflection and attendance % gives the basis for the evaluation. Activity, and 2 other assignments higher or lower the grade.

KAHOOT Evaluation questions:
1. Was the theory of the introduction challenging enough? 1 = not at all challenging and 5 = very challenging
2. Did the cultural communication activity engage you? 1 = not at all engaging and 5 = very engaging
3. Did you learn new aspects of cultural communication? 1=very few aspects, 5= many new aspects
4. Mention one new thing you learnt about cultural communication and sensitivity in service encounters __________________
5. Did you prepare for the workshops by reading the material? 1= not at all, 5=very much

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

One of these results to failing:
1) The student is absent without valid reasons more than 50%.
2) The student does not participate into team work and
the student has failed to participate into simulation activities and has not returned the 2 assignments.
3) Immediate failing: The reflection is missing/ not returned within required time according to TURKU AMK degree regulations.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1
The student has demonstrated limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows some difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content in the workshops.The student demonstrates little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignment. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas in the workshops and the assignments.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3
The student has demonstrated good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content in the workshops and reflection. The student demonstrates good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignment. The student is able to communicate his/her ideas in the workshops and the assignments.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5
The student has demonstrated very good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content in the workshops and in the team work in a professional manner. The student demonstrates very good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignment(s). The student is able to communicate clearly his/her ideas. The student is able to communicate his/her ideas in the workshops and the assignments diary in a professional way. Theory and studied material is included well into the reflection.

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 08.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.01.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Krista Holopainen
Scheduling groups
  • Ryhmä 1 (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Ryhmä 2 (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PLIITS21mar
    PLIITS21mar
Small groups
  • 1
  • 2

Objective

After this course, the student will be able to
- describe and understand the internal and external factors that shape consumer behaviour and consuming;
- define and understand the basic concepts and theories about consumer behaviour and consumer culture;
- recognize and analyze information about consumers and consuming;
- recognize and envision future trends;
- interpret and apply consumer knowledge when making marketing decisions.

Content

Introduction to consumer behaviour, consumption and consumer culture
Consumer identities, values and lifestyle
Consumers as decision-makers
Consumers and their social groups
Culture and consumer behaviour
Consumption and cultural differences

Materials

Lecture slides and other materials will be shared in Itslearning.

Teaching methods

Contact teaching; individual and group assignments; learning checks; learning diary.

Student workload

5 ECTS equals about 135 hours of work. This work consist of lectures, assignments, studying independently and writing the learning diary.

Content scheduling

Contents:
- Introduction to consumer behaviour, consumption and consumer culture.
- Perception and meaning.
- Consumer motivation, values and lifestyles.
- Consumers as decision-makers.
- Consumers and their social groups.
- Culture and consumer behaviour.

2023 there will be TWO study groups: morning group A and afternoon group B. There will be max. 35 students per each group.

You should choose your group (A or B) when you assign to the course.

Further information

The contents of the course, assignments, instructions etc. are presented more thoroughly on the first lecture.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment will be based on learning checks, assignment(s), learning diary, returning given tasks in time and following the instructions, and participating lectures.

Also, to pass the course ALL the following conditions must be met:
1) Participation rate must be at least 70%.
2) At least 70 % of the total of learning checks and/or assignments are passed.
3) Reflective report about course contents is returned and passed.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 10.03.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

Student understands the concept of multi channel marketing. S/he knows how to manage marketing and customers in digital environment and can apply the skills in various situations.

Content

Digital business environment
Search engine optimization
Creating action on the web site
Functional web site
Building networks in digital environment

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 08.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 04.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jaana Merikallio
Groups
  • MLIITS23B
    MLIITS23B
  • MLIITS23A
    MLIITS23A
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Objective

Student
- understands key terminology and indicators in the field
- knows how to use digital marketing to develop the marketing and sales of a company and can apply what he/she has learned in practice.
- The student knows the importance of search engine optimization and knows how to plan measures to increase the number of website visitors and engagement
- knows the basics of web analytics.

Content

- Digital marketing terminology
- Smarketing thinking
- Google Analytics 4, basics
- Search engine optimization (SEO): website analysis and development suggestions
- a search ad campaign planning: targeting, pricing, copy

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Markku Rajala
  • Katja Repo
Groups
  • PLIITS21taha
    PLIITS21taha

Objective

Student is able to
- to form an overall view of information systems used in managing business
- utilize modern information systems in various sections of financial management
- draw up a process flow diagram of some financial management function
- develop processes in a more digitalized direction.

Content

..

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 24.01.2024

Timing

24.01.2024 - 10.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 25

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Saara Tikkanen
  • Janne Granfors

Objective

x

Content

x

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 18.01.2024

Timing

11.01.2024 - 22.03.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kati Haanpää
Groups
  • MKITIS22

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to
- recognize different groups and stakeholders related to training digital skills
- plan, carry out and assess training related to digital devices or services

Content

- recognizing of and co-operation with stakeholders in planning digital skills training
- familiarity with e-resources
- tutoring of e-resources

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 04.09.2023

Timing

07.09.2023 - 02.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jaana Merikallio
Groups
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR

Objective

The student is able to
- Recognize the potential of the web for company’s sales and marketing operations
- Explain how web traffic interacts with the web pages and how to use it for the company’s benefit
- Name the core terminology and indicators of web marketing
- Plan actions to increase visitor traffic and engagement
- Apply the basics of web analytics

Content

- Features and capabilities of a well-working website
- Visibility of a webpage, SEO (search engine optimization)
- Tools and metrics for website optimization

Materials

- e-book(s) and articles
- lessons material and one's own notes
- tutorial videos

Teaching methods

- contact lessons: active participation, presentations
- individual studying
- learning and sharing ideas in a group - team work skills

International connections

Learning in teams, in interaction with others, self and peer evaluation, digital learning.

Completion alternatives

None.

Student workload

- Contact lessons 8 x 3h
- Group work 30 h
- Individual studying 70 h
- Pre-course assignment 10 h

Content scheduling

7.9.-2.11.2023
- Intro, recap marketing fundamentals
- The benefits of digital marketing
- Traditional vs. digital marketing
- Inbound vs. outbound:
o different channels
o key elements of inbound marketing
o traffic sources, how to increase traffic
- targeting, buyer personas
- buyer´s journey
- SEO, SEA
- Google Analytics

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Pre-course assignment (individual): as a part of course activity
Google Analytics 4 exam (individual) 10%
Display campaign (individual): 30% (0-5)
SEO & SEA assignment (group): 30% (0-5)
Digital strategy (group): 30% (0-5)


INDIVIDUAL ASSIGNMENTS:

Pre-course assignment:

Pass: the assignment has been accomplished according to instructions.
Fail: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time, and/or the list doesn’t include 10 terms and/or the number of sources is less than three.

Google Analytics 4 exam in Itslearning:

0-4 answers correct: 0 points
5-7 answers correct: 5 points
8-10 answers correct: 10 points


Plan a display campaign and banner (30%), multiply assignment grade by 6:

0: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time. The campaign mathematics (the correct cpm price, the correct cpm x impressions calculation, nr of visitors) are wrong or inadequate. The campaign period per media is missing. Pricing method is not CPM. Banner has not been designed.
1-2: Pricing method is CPM, and mathematics are correct, but campaign consists of only one media. No argumentation why the media is chosen. Screen captures of media cards / rates are missing. Banner has been designed, but it alignment with campaign planning is poor.
3-4: The campaign includes two or more media, mathematics are correct and the campaign has been built according to instructions. Student provides arguments for his/her campaign and ad format solutions. Banner design is quite good, CTA taken into account.
5: The campaign includes two or more media, mathematics are correct and campaign has been built according to instructions. Targeting pricing (if applicable) has been taken into account. Banner stands out. Student provides arguments for his/her solutions, which demonstrate expertise.



GROUP ASSIGNMENTS:

1st Assignment: Website traffic and how to increase it organically (SEO) and by paying (SEA) (30%), multiply assignment grade by 6

0: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time. The references and tools haven’t been used, or the evaluation and suggestions are incorrect. The work shows that the group has not understood the meaning of search engine optimization. Plagiarism more than 25%.
1-2: The evaluation doesn’t cover all the required aspects. The use of references is insufficient.
3-4: All the required aspects are covered and the use of references is sufficient and correct. Group has made searches using keywords. A grade of 4 requires, among other things, that the team's development proposals are clearly based on the results provided by the tools and that the advertising campaign is meaningful and logical.
5: The evaluation shows that the group has a very good understanding of the topic: evaluation shows in-depth understanding of SEO and SEA. Use of references is versatile and correct.

2nd = Final Assignment: Build a digital marketing strategy for a small company (30%), multiply points by 6:

0: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time. The elements of the strategy are irrelevant, ie. don’t belong to a strategy. It doesn’t include the elements discussed in the course. References aren’t used. Plagiarism more than 25%.
1-2: The strategy is very limited, and the instructions are followed only partially. The elements are few and loose and don’t build up to a logical entity. The use of references is limited and only partly correct. The work does not demonstrate research and commitment to the work. The presentation is below average verbally and visually.
3-4: The strategy contains all the elements needed. The work shows that students understand the essentials of the digital marketing strategy. The elements form a logical entity without any gaps, and references are used correctly and sufficiently. The chosen actions support the objectives, and several, high quality references are used. The presentation is on satisfactory level.
5: The work demonstrates an in-depth understanding of digital marketing strategy work. All the aspects are covered in a professional way, the strategy is diverse. The references are versatile, and the presentation is of high quality.

In group assignments: when assessing the performance of an individual student, peer evaluation (within a group) is in use. In other words, the student's group work activity effects on the course grade.

FINAL COURSE GRADE SCALE:

0-25: fail
26-49: 1
50-64: 2
65-79: 3
80-89: 4
90-100: 5

Degree of student's participation and in-class activity level can raise or lower the grade. Note: minimum 50% attendance is required for passing the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

0-25 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment". Student is absent from classes more than 50%. (=4 classes or more).

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

26-64 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment"

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

65-89 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment"

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90-100 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment"

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 31.08.2023

Timing

12.09.2023 - 07.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Saara Tikkanen
  • Jaana Merikallio
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PLIITS22BOM
    PLIITS22BOM

Objective

The student is able to
- Recognize the potential of the web for company’s sales and marketing operations
- Explain how web traffic interacts with the web pages and how to use it for the company’s benefit
- Name the core terminology and indicators of web marketing
- Plan actions to increase visitor traffic and engagement
- Apply the basics of web analytics

Content

- Features and capabilities of a well-working website
- Visibility of a webpage, SEO (search engine optimization)
- Tools and metrics for website optimization

Materials

- e-book(s) and articles
- lessons material and one's own notes
- tutorial videos

Teaching methods

- contact lessons: active participation, presentations
- individual studying
- learning and sharing ideas in a group - team work skills

International connections

Learning in teams, in interaction with others, self and peer evaluation, digital learning.

Completion alternatives

None.

Student workload

- Contact lessons 8 x 3h
- Group work 50 h
- Individual studying 50 h
- Pre-course assignment 10 h

Content scheduling

12.9.-7.11.2023
- Intro, recap marketing fundamentals
- The benefits of digital marketing
- Traditional vs. digital marketing
- Inbound vs. outbound:
o different channels
o key elements of inbound marketing
o traffic sources, how to increase traffic
- targeting, buyer personas
- buyer´s journey
- website, SEO, SEA
- Google Analytics 4

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

GA4 exam in Itslearning (individual): 10% (0-2)
Display campaign (individual): 30% (0-5)
SEO & SEA assignment (group): 30% (0-5)
Digital strategy (group): 30% (0-5)

Pre-course assignment as a part of course activity.

INDIVIDUAL ASSIGNMENTS:

Pre-course assignment:

Pass: the assignment has been accomplished according to instructions.
Fail: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time, and/or the list doesn’t include 10 terms and/or the number of sources is less than three.

Google Analytics 4 exam in Itslearning:

0-4 answers correct: 0 points
5-7 answers correct: 5 points
8-10 answers correct: 10 points


Plan a display campaign and banner (30%), multiply assignment grade by 6:

0: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time. The campaign mathematics (the correct cpm price, the correct cpm x impressions calculation, nr of visitors) are wrong or inadequate. The campaign period per media is missing. Pricing method is not CPM. Banner has not been designed.
1-2: Pricing method is CPM, and mathematics are correct, but campaign consists of only one media. No argumentation why the media is chosen. Screen captures of media cards / rates are missing. Banner has been designed, but it alignment with campaign planning is poor.
3-4: The campaign includes two or more media, mathematics are correct and the campaign has been built according to instructions. Student provides arguments for his/her campaign and ad format solutions. Banner design is quite good, CTA taken into account.
5: The campaign includes two or more media, mathematics are correct and campaign has been built according to instructions. Targeting pricing (if applicable) has been taken into account. Banner stands out. Student provides arguments for his/her solutions, which demonstrate expertise.



GROUP ASSIGNMENTS:

1st Assignment: Website traffic and how to increase it organically (SEO) and by paying (SEA) (30%), multiply assignment grade by 6

0: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time. The references and tools haven’t been used, or the evaluation and suggestions are incorrect. The work shows that the group has not understood the meaning of search engine optimization. Plagiarism more than 25%.
1-2: The evaluation doesn’t cover all the required aspects. The use of references is insufficient.
3-4: All the required aspects are covered and the use of references is sufficient and correct. Group has made searches using keywords. A grade of 4 requires, among other things, that the team's development proposals are clearly based on the results provided by the tools and that the advertising campaign is meaningful and logical.
5: The evaluation shows that the group has a very good understanding of the topic: evaluation shows in-depth understanding of SEO and SEA. Use of references is versatile and correct.

2nd = Final Assignment: Build a digital marketing strategy for a small company (30%), multiply points by 6:

0: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time. The elements of the strategy are irrelevant, ie. don’t belong to a strategy. It doesn’t include the elements discussed in the course. References aren’t used. Plagiarism more than 25%.
1-2: The strategy is very limited, and the instructions are followed only partially. The elements are few and loose and don’t build up to a logical entity. The use of references is limited and only partly correct. The work does not demonstrate research and commitment to the work. The presentation is below average verbally and visually.
3-4: The strategy contains all the elements needed. The work shows that students understand the essentials of the digital marketing strategy. The elements form a logical entity without any gaps, and references are used correctly and sufficiently. The chosen actions support the objectives, and several, high quality references are used. The presentation is on satisfactory level.
5: The work demonstrates an in-depth understanding of digital marketing strategy work. All the aspects are covered in a professional way, the strategy is diverse. The references are versatile, and the presentation is of high quality.


In group assignments: when assessing the performance of an individual student, peer evaluation (within a group) is in use. In other words, the student's group work activity effects on the course grade.

FINAL COURSE GRADE SCALE:

0-25: fail
26-49: 1
50-64: 2
65-79: 3
80-89: 4
90-100: 5



Degree of student's participation and in-class activity level can raise or lower the grade. Note: minimum 50% attendance is required for passing the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

0-25 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment". Student is absent from classes more than 50%. (= 4 classes or more)

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

26-64 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment"

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

65-89 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment"

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90-100 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment"

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 25.09.2023

Timing

25.09.2023 - 27.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Saara Tikkanen
  • Jaana Merikallio
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PLIITS22BOM
    PLIITS22BOM

Objective

The student is able to
- Recognize the potential of the web for company’s sales and marketing operations
- Explain how web traffic interacts with the web pages and how to use it for the company’s benefit
- Name the core terminology and indicators of web marketing
- Plan actions to increase visitor traffic and engagement
- Apply the basics of web analytics

Content

- Features and capabilities of a well-working website
- Visibility of a webpage, SEO (search engine optimization)
- Tools and metrics for website optimization

Materials

- e-book(s) and articles
- lessons material and one's own notes
- tutorial videos

Teaching methods

- contact lessons: active participation, presentations
- individual studying
- learning and sharing ideas in a group - team work skills

International connections

Learning in teams, in interaction with others, self and peer evaluation, digital learning.

Completion alternatives

None.

Student workload

- Contact lessons 8 x 3h
- Group work 50 h
- Individual studying 50 h
- Pre-course assignment 10 h

Content scheduling

25.9.-27.11.2023
- Intro, recap marketing fundamentals
- The benefits of digital marketing
- Traditional vs. digital marketing
- Inbound vs. outbound:
o different channels
o key elements of inbound marketing
o traffic sources, how to increase traffic
- targeting, buyer personas
- buyer´s journey
- website, SEO, SEA
- Google Analytics 4

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

GA4 exam in Itslearning (individual): 10% (0-2)
Display campaign (individual): 30% (0-5)
SEO & SEA assignment (group): 30% (0-5)
Digital strategy (group): 30% (0-5)

Pre-course assignment as a part of course activity.


INDIVIDUAL ASSIGNMENTS:

Pre-course assignment:

Pass: the assignment has been accomplished according to instructions.
Fail: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time, and/or the list doesn’t include 10 terms and/or the number of sources is less than three.

Google Analytics 4 exam in Itslearning:

0-4 answers correct: 0 points
5-7 answers correct: 5 points
8-10 answers correct: 10 points


Plan a display campaign and banner (30%), multiply assignment grade by 6:

0: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time. The campaign mathematics (the correct cpm price, the correct cpm x impressions calculation, nr of visitors) are wrong or inadequate. The campaign period per media is missing. Pricing method is not CPM. Banner has not been designed.
1-2: Pricing method is CPM, and mathematics are correct, but campaign consists of only one media. No argumentation why the media is chosen. Screen captures of media cards / rates are missing. Banner has been designed, but it alignment with campaign planning is poor.
3-4: The campaign includes two or more media, mathematics are correct and the campaign has been built according to instructions. Student provides arguments for his/her campaign and ad format solutions. Banner design is quite good, CTA taken into account.
5: The campaign includes two or more media, mathematics are correct and campaign has been built according to instructions. Targeting pricing (if applicable) has been taken into account. Banner stands out. Student provides arguments for his/her solutions, which demonstrate expertise.



GROUP ASSIGNMENTS:

1st Assignment: Website traffic and how to increase it organically (SEO) and by paying (SEA) (30%), multiply assignment grade by 6

0: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time. The references and tools haven’t been used, or the evaluation and suggestions are incorrect. The work shows that the group has not understood the meaning of search engine optimization. Plagiarism more than 25%.
1-2: The evaluation doesn’t cover all the required aspects. The use of references is insufficient.
3-4: All the required aspects are covered and the use of references is sufficient and correct. Group has made searches using keywords. A grade of 4 requires, among other things, that the team's development proposals are clearly based on the results provided by the tools and that the advertising campaign is meaningful and logical.
5: The evaluation shows that the group has a very good understanding of the topic: evaluation shows in-depth understanding of SEO and SEA. Use of references is versatile and correct.

2nd = Final Assignment: Build a digital marketing strategy for a small company (30%), multiply points by 6:

0: The assignment hasn’t been returned in time. The elements of the strategy are irrelevant, ie. don’t belong to a strategy. It doesn’t include the elements discussed in the course. References aren’t used. Plagiarism more than 25%.
1-2: The strategy is very limited, and the instructions are followed only partially. The elements are few and loose and don’t build up to a logical entity. The use of references is limited and only partly correct. The work does not demonstrate research and commitment to the work. The presentation is below average verbally and visually.
3-4: The strategy contains all the elements needed. The work shows that students understand the essentials of the digital marketing strategy. The elements form a logical entity without any gaps, and references are used correctly and sufficiently. The chosen actions support the objectives, and several, high quality references are used. The presentation is on satisfactory level.
5: The work demonstrates an in-depth understanding of digital marketing strategy work. All the aspects are covered in a professional way, the strategy is diverse. The references are versatile, and the presentation is of high quality.



In group assignments: when assessing the performance of an individual student, peer evaluation (within a group) is in use. In other words, the student's group work activity effects on the course grade.

FINAL COURSE GRADE SCALE:

0-25: fail
26-49: 1
50-64: 2
65-79: 3
80-89: 4
90-100: 5


Degree of student's participation and in-class activity level can raise or lower the grade. Note: minimum 50% attendance is required for passing the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

0-25 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment". Student is absent from classes more than 50% (= 4 classes or more).

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

26-64 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment"

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

65-89 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment"

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90-100 points. See the criteria above "Arvioinnin kohteet, ajoitus ja menetelmät" / "Objects, timing and methods of assessment"

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 07.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 13.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

10 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Saara Tikkanen
Groups
  • PMMWES22

Objective

The student is able to
- Recognize the potential of the web for company’s sales and marketing operations
- Explain how web traffic interacts with the web pages and how to use it for the company’s benefit
- Name the core terminology and indicators of web marketing
- Plan actions to increase visitor traffic and engagement
- Apply the basics of web analytics

Content

- Features and capabilities of a well-working website
- Visibility of a webpage, SEO (search engine optimization)
- Tools and metrics for website optimization

Materials

Lecture materials and other materials shared on ITSLearning (e.g., podcasts, videos, blogs, etc.)

Teaching methods

- Face-to-face instruction (lectures, group work, pair work, exam)
- Independent study of theory and information retrieval
- Collaborative learning methods (group work and its presentation)

Exam schedules

The course includes an exam to be taken on ITS. The exact date will be announced later.

International connections

Collaborative learning & innovation pedagogy.

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

The course consists of a pre-assignment (see instructions below), lectures, an exam in ITS and group assignments.

Theory will be covered in lecture sessions as well as through independent study. The course also emphasizes presentation skills, and providing peer feedback.

At the end of the course, students will provide peer feedback on their group's collaboration, which the instructor can use in assessments (the instructor may adjust the student's grade based on systematically identified factors that raise or lower the grade according to the peer feedback).

Course Credits: 5 ECTS = approx. 135 hours of student work

The course has a 50% attendance requirement. The course cannot be passed if a student attends less than 50% of the face-to-face sessions.

PRE-ASSIGNMENT: Compile a list of 20 digital marketing terms, including their English names and abbreviations, along with descriptions in Finnish. Submit the list (e.g., docx or pdf) on ITSLearning before the first session of the course (September 4th, 2023).

For example, Call to Action (CTA) = a prompt that directs the user to click on an ad or content to proceed (e.g., "Read more" or "Buy now")

Content scheduling

Timing: September 4th - November 6th, 2023

The course covers the following topics:

- Introduction to Digital Marketing (including concepts, role in marketing and business)
- Content Marketing and Customer Journey
- The importance of a website/e-commerce site in marketing
- Web design principles (including SEO, mobile-first, UX/UI, accessibility)
- Opportunities in Social Media and Influencer Marketing
- Digital Advertising (including Search Engine Advertising & Social Media Advertising)
- Fundamentals of Google Analytics 4

Further information

ITSLearning and email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments & assessment criteria:
- Pre-assignment (Pass/Fail)
- Digital marketing strategy group assignment (report and presentation) 60% (0-5)
- SEO group assignment 30%
- Exam 10 % (0-5)
- Participation (attendance percentage and participation in teaching and presentation sessions)
- Self & Peer review (Pass/Not completed)

During the course, you can earn participation points through the following ways:
- Attendance (minimum 50%)
- General engagement during lectures and presentation sessions

The course has a 50% attendance requirement. The course cannot be passed if a student attends less than 50% of the face-to-face sessions.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

If a student attends less than 50% of the face-to-face sessions, does not participate in group assignments or exam, does not provide peer feedback or fails to complete the pre-assignment, the course completion will be marked as "Fail." Freeriding in group work will result in course failure.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student follows instructions but lacks independent problem-solving skills Group reports reflect a level of quality similar to AI-generated content, lacking personal reflection and insights.

The student demonstrates weak participation in group work and its presentation and lacks a professional work approach. The linguistic quality of the group reports, as well as the student's professional impression, is at a satisfactory level. The assessed assignment(s) have been submitted late.

The student's attendance in face-to-face sessions is approximately 50-60%.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student demonstrates excellent independent and group work skills, effectively utilizing their industry knowledge. The group assignments show a significant amount of original thought and insights, and the sources used are transparently cited.

Group assignments are clearly goal-oriented and innovative. The theoretical foundation is well-justified and applied appropriately to the topic. The conclusions are logically and clearly presented, and the submitted work is polished. The language of the group reports is of high quality. The student's presentation skills are good, or they show a genuine interest in improving their presentation skills.

The student actively participates in teaching sessions and group work, and their attendance in face-to-face sessions is at least 75%.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student excels in both independent and group work, effectively utilizing and applying industry knowledge in their studies. Group reports demonstrate an extensive amount of original thought and insights, with sources transparently cited.

Group assignments are clearly goal-oriented, innovative, and directly applicable to real-world needs. A diverse range of sources has been utilized, demonstrating critical selection. Conclusions are well-founded in the theoretical foundation, presented logically, and the reflection genuinely encompasses the group's/student's own perspectives. The work is highly polished. The presentation of the group assignments is inspiring and innovative, reflecting a willingness to take risks. Group work is carried out with a professional work approach, adhering to the group's own rules.

The student is remarkably active in teaching and presentation sessions, as well as in group work, and maintains an attendance of approximately 100% in face-to-face sessions.

The linguistic quality of the group reports and the professional impression made by the student are of an exceptional level.

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 20.12.2023

Timing

13.12.2023 - 20.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • DSUTAS23
    Aim for Economy Expertise

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 09.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Susanna Saari
  • Telle Tuominen
Groups
  • PMMWES22

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to
- distinguish the differences between businesses representing basic hospitality services and those providing services based on experience economy
- apply the theories of experience economy in context of wellness services
- identify trends and the impacts of wellness at customer, company and destination level.

Content

- Models of experience management
- Wellness services as experiences
- Wellness trends and forecasts

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 20.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Sami Nummela
Groups
  • AVORAK23
    Business studies for those receiving temporary protection

Objective

After completion of the study unit the student is able to
- complete an accounting period for a small company by using accounting software
- calculate value-added tax and the amount of employer's contributions in the monthly bookkeeping
- calculate the company's taxable income based on bookkeeping
- calculate payable taxation for the employee
- read and analyze financial statement reports

Content

- accounting rules/principles
- payroll accounting
- value-added tax
- information on employer's contributions and value-added tax to the authorities
- accounting deferrals and financial statement
- basics of direct taxation
- analysis of financial statement reports

Materials

Ebooks (to be confirmed at the beginning of course, there may be better newer books available):
Bettner, Mark S.(2015), Using accounting & financial information : analyzing, forecasting & decision making
Tiffin, Ralph (2006), Finance and Accounting Desktop Guide
Complementary study material will be presented during the course in itslearning

Teaching methods

Group meetings
Class room introduction to theme and short videos with connected course task
Exercises and other course tasks
Study journal
Final examination

Exam schedules

Final examination at the end of the course.

International connections

Innopeda, which is based on experiments, sharing of information and knowledge as well as combining different view points. Student-centered learning, problem solving, flipped classroom.

Student workload

All course tasks and study journal in Itslearning need to be returned.
Final examination.

Content scheduling

the nature, functions, scope and principles of accounting
income statement and balance sheet
management accounting, budgeting, analysing
sources of finance
financial analysis

learning tasks and exercises in Itslearning
small group meetings, individual or group learning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

All learning tasks done and study journal returned.
Exam passed with grade 1-2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

All learning tasks done and study journal returned, with good (3) or very good (4) quality of work and showing deep knowledge in theme and applying theory in learning tasks.
Exam passed with grade 3-4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

All learning tasks done and study journal returned, with excellent quality of work and showing deep knowledge in theme and applying theory in learning task.
Exam passed with grade 5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 10.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Sami Nummela
Groups
  • PLIITS21taha
    PLIITS21taha

Objective

The student is able to
- introduce alternative sources of financing for a company
- make up a short-term cash budget and utilize it in cash management
- chart the risk factors of a company and the methods of risk management related to them.

Content

- Financial planning and alternatives
- Cash management
- Capital budgeting
- Risk management and insurances
- Investment alternatives of a private person
- Financing International Business

Materials

Ebooks (to be confirmed at the beginning of course, there may be better newer books available):
Bettner, Mark S.(2015), Using accounting & financial information : analyzing, forecasting & decision making
Tiffin, Ralph (2006), Finance and Accounting Desktop Guide
Complementary study material will be presented during the course in itslearning

Teaching methods

Course assignments will be described in Itslearning platform and introduced during the course.
Each theme has learning tasks and exercises in Itslearning
Small group meetings, individual or group learning
Study journal
Final exam

Exam schedules

Final examination will be at the end of the course. If not passed, can you can try again 2 times (in total 3 attempts). If passed, you can try to get better grade by retaking the exam 1 time (in total 2 attempts).

International connections

Innopeda, which is based on experiments, sharing of information and knowledge as well as combining different view points. Student-centered learning, problem solving, flipped classroom.

Student workload

Course assignments will be described in Itslearning platform and introduced during the course.

Content scheduling

Content topics by course session (draft/preliminary planning)
1) Course introduction (innopeda, pyramid, learning journal). Financial Statement analysis: Profitability, liquidity, solvency.
2) Growth company financing cycle. Course tasks related to IFRS, Equity vs Debt Investing (risk vs reward)
3) Small Group Team Work related to Financially stable business operations
4) Presentation related to Financially stable business operations
5) Small Group Team Work related to alternative sources of financing
6) Presentation related to alternative sources of financing
7) Small Group Team Work related to analysis of an investment opportunity
8) Presentation related to analysis of an investment opportunity
9) Final Examination
10) Final Examination 2nd opportunity (for those who wish to retake)
11) Final Examination 3rd opportunity (for those who wish to retake)

Further information

Course plans and resources are in Itslearning study platform.

Course requires independent work and applying financial management theory to practice, for example by literature study plus applying the knowledge in course tasks.

Communication mainly in class room meetings. In addition, messaging related to course tasks is possible in itslearning.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The final grade of the whole course is based on all course assignments done during the course, the study journal with self evaluation, and the final examination.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student is not attending adequately or has not returned course assignments or has a poor performance in examination.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

All learning tasks done and study journal returned.
Exam passed with grade 1-2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

All learning tasks done and study journal returned, with good (3) or very good (4) quality of work and showing deep knowledge in theme and applying theory in learning tasks.
Exam passed with grade 3-4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

All learning tasks done and study journal returned, with excellent quality of work and showing deep knowledge in theme and applying theory in learning task.
Exam passed with grade 5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 12.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 20.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Sami Nummela
Groups
  • VAVA2324

Objective

The student is able to
- introduce alternative sources of financing for a company
- make up a short-term cash budget and utilize it in cash management
- chart the risk factors of a company and the methods of risk management related to them.

Content

- Financial planning and alternatives
- Cash management
- Capital budgeting
- Risk management and insurances
- Investment alternatives of a private person
- Financing International Business

Materials

Ebooks (to be confirmed at the beginning of course, there may be better newer books available):
Bettner, Mark S.(2015), Using accounting & financial information : analyzing, forecasting & decision making
Tiffin, Ralph (2006), Finance and Accounting Desktop Guide
Complementary study material will be presented during the course in itslearning

Teaching methods

Course attendance and activity, quality of returned course assignments, points earned in examination.

International connections

Innopeda, which is based on experiments, sharing of information and knowledge as well as combining different view points. Student-centered learning, problem solving, flipped classroom.

Student workload

Course assignments will be described in Itslearning platform and introduced during the course.
Exercises and other course tasks
Study journal
Final exam

Content scheduling

Content topics:
- Profitability, liquidity, solvency
- Alternative sources of financing for a company
- Financially stable business operations
- Financial analysis of investment opportunities
- Risk management

Scheduled online meetings:
12.09.2023 16.00 - 18.00
19.09.2023 16.00 - 18.00
26.09.2023 16.00 - 18.00
03.10.2023 16.00 - 18.00
10.10.2023 16.00 - 18.00
24.10.2023 16.00 - 18.00
31.10.2023 16.00 - 18.00
07.11.2023 16.00 - 18.00
14.11.2023 16.00 - 18.00 Final Examination
21.11.2023 16.00 - 18.00 Final Examination 2nd opportunity (for those who wish to retake)
28.11.2023 16.00 - 18.00 Final Examination 3rd opportunity (for those who wish to retake)

Further information

Course requires independent work and applying financial management theory to practice, for example by literature study plus applying the knowledge in course tasks.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The final grade of the whole course is based on all course assignments done during the course and the final examination.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student is not attending adequately or has not returned course assignments or has a poor performance in examination.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Student is attending adequately and has returned course assignments and has poor performance in examination.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Student is attending adequately and has returned course assignments and has good (3) or very good (4) level of performance in examination.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Student is attending adequately and has returned course assignments showing expert level knowledge and has excellent level of performance in examination.

Enrollment

14.08.2023 - 12.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 20

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Sami Nummela

Objective

The student is able to?
- introduce alternative sources of financing for a company
- make up a short-term cash budget and utilize it in cash management
- chart the risk factors of a company and the methods of risk management related to them.

Content

- Financial planning and alternatives
- Cash management
- Capital budgeting
- Risk management and insurances
- Investment alternatives of a private person
- Financing International Business

Materials

Ebooks (to be confirmed at the beginning of course, there may be better newer books available):
Bettner, Mark S.(2015), Using accounting & financial information : analyzing, forecasting & decision making
Tiffin, Ralph (2006), Finance and Accounting Desktop Guide
Complementary study material will be presented during the course in itslearning

Teaching methods

Course attendance and activity, quality of returned course assignments, points earned in examination.

International connections

Innopeda, which is based on experiments, sharing of information and knowledge as well as combining different view points. Student-centered learning, problem solving, flipped classroom.

Student workload

Course assignments will be described in Itslearning platform and introduced during the course.
Exercises and other course tasks
Study journal
Final exam

Content scheduling

Content topics:
- Profitability, liquidity, solvency
- Alternative sources of financing for a company
- Financially stable business operations
- Financial analysis of investment opportunities
- Risk management

Scheduled online meetings:
12.09.2023 16.00 - 18.00
19.09.2023 16.00 - 18.00
26.09.2023 16.00 - 18.00
03.10.2023 16.00 - 18.00
10.10.2023 16.00 - 18.00
24.10.2023 16.00 - 18.00
31.10.2023 16.00 - 18.00
07.11.2023 16.00 - 18.00
14.11.2023 16.00 - 18.00
21.11.2023 16.00 - 18.00
28.11.2023 16.00 - 18.00
Teams-link will be provided in Itslearning.

Further information

Course requires independent work and applying financial management theory to practice, for example by literature study plus applying the knowledge in course tasks.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The final grade of the whole course is based on all course assignments done during the course and the final examination.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student is not attending adequately or has not returned course assignments or has a poor performance in examination.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Student is attending adequately and has returned course assignments and has poor performance in examination.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Student is attending adequately and has returned course assignments and has good (3) or very good (4) level of performance in examination.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Student is attending adequately and has returned course assignments showing expert level knowledge and has excellent level of performance in examination.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 12.09.2023

Timing

11.09.2023 - 12.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 100

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Minna Björkberg-Suominen
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

Opiskelija aktivoi ruotsin kieltään, niin että hän ymmärtää puhuttua ja kirjoitettua kieltä sekä osaa tuottaa sitä arkipäivän tilanteissa. Lisäksi hän hallitsee ruotsin kielen keskeiset rakenteet. Tämän opintojakson jälkeen opiskelija pystyy paremmin seuraamaan tulevia pakollisia ruotsin opintojaksoja. Opintojaksoa suositellaanniille, jotka kokevat ruotsin taitonsa puutteelliseksi.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 16.10.2023

Timing

23.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Sanna Simola
Groups
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023
  • MKITIS23

Objective

Opiskelija aktivoi ruotsin kieltään, niin että hän ymmärtää puhuttua ja kirjoitettua kieltä sekä osaa tuottaa sitä arkipäivän tilanteissa. Lisäksi hän hallitsee ruotsin kielen keskeiset rakenteet. Tämän opintojakson jälkeen opiskelija pystyy paremmin seuraamaan tulevia pakollisia ruotsin opintojaksoja. Opintojaksoa suositellaanniille, jotka kokevat ruotsin taitonsa puutteelliseksi.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 10.09.2023

Timing

11.09.2023 - 12.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

4 op

Mode of delivery

20 % Contact teaching, 80 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

20 - 100

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Sanna Simola
Groups
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K

Objective

Opiskelija aktivoi ruotsin kieltään, niin että hän ymmärtää puhuttua ja kirjoitettua kieltä sekä osaa tuottaa sitä arkipäivän tilanteissa. Lisäksi hän hallitsee ruotsin kielen keskeiset rakenteet. Tämän opintojakson jälkeen opiskelija pystyy paremmin seuraamaan tulevia pakollisia ruotsin opintojaksoja. Opintojaksoa suositellaanniille, jotka kokevat ruotsin taitonsa puutteelliseksi.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

06.08.2023 - 22.11.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 15.02.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Päivi Killström
Groups
  • PLIITS22
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA
  • COSYKSY23
  • VAVA2324

Objective

Student can clarify own business idea.
Can present own business idea.
Will receive entrepreneurship coaching.

Content

Student will present own business idea
Student will participate GSEA training and competition.

International connections

The Global Student Entrepreneur Awards, or GSEA, is a student entrepreneurship competition for university of applied sciences and university students. A student entrepreneur studying at a Finnish higher education institution may participate in the competition, who has had business operations in addition to studies for at least six months and a turnover of at least 500 USD or the company has received at least 1000 USD in funding. Students must be between 18 and 30 years old.

Student workload

Course working methods and scheduling Implementation 7.8.-15.2.2024.
Detailed scheduling and more detailed instructions for the course are in Itslearning.
If you work in a team company, other partners can participate in the preparation of the presentation and other pro-competitive activities.

Contents of the course:
1. Conducting and developing one's own business
2. Registration for the competition (registration https://webportalapp.com/sp/login/eo-studentapplications-2024)
3. Participating in pitching coaching
4. Utilizing the sparring of entrepreneurs
5. Participation in the competition
6. Reflection and writing and returning the report and conducting an entrepreneurship competence survey (YOOP) with justification

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Accepted completion requires that the student meets the prerequisites for the course, enrolls in the GSEA competition according to the given instructions, prepares for her/his own presentation in the GSEA competition and presents her/his own business idea in her/his turn either on-site in Turku or over the net. In addition to participating in the competition, the student will write a report in accordance with the instructions given.

Content scheduling

A student who meets the prerequisites for the course contributes to the development of her/his own business. She/He is trained in the glorification and persuasive presentation of his business idea. The student prepares her/his own presentation and participates in the coaching offered. Students will participate in the Finnish sectional competition on 31 January 2024 in Turku at the Kupittaa campus area in a location to be announced later or remotely online. The student keeps her/his own presentation according to the instructions given and receives feedback from the judges. The winner of the Finnish competition (Finnish citizen) will be able to represent her/his country and their own company in the European competition. If she/he succeeds there, she/he has a chance to enter the global competition. Read more about GSEA competition at gsea.org.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment scale: Approved/failed.

Qualifications

Global Student Entrepreneur Awards (GSEA) is a student entrepreneurship competition, that is aimed to college and university students. A student entrepreneur studying at a Finnish university who has had a business alongside studies for at least half a year and has a turnover of at least USD 500 or the company has received at least USD 1000 in funding can participate in the competition. The student must be between 18 and 30 years old.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

16 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Annika Karppelin
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PMMWES22

Objective

The student is able
- to analyse and apply different meeting and event planning process models
- to recognise and apply different services as well as different wellness components in a meeting or event concept
- to arrange a healthy, sustainable and customer-oriented meeting or event.

Content

- Event and meeting planning process models
- Mental and physical well-being elements in meeting and event context
- Planning, implementation and documentation of a meeting or event project

Materials

Links to material are in ITS learning Platform. Some updates will be made in the beginning of the course in September.

1. U.S. Department of Labor, Employment, and Training Administration 2016. Competencies Established for Meeting, Events, and Exhibition Management (available at: https://www.careeronestop.org/CompetencyModel/info_documents/EventManagement-CaseSummary.pdf)
2. Meeting Professionals International. 33 Skills Needed to Become a Successfull Event Planner (available at: https://www.mpi.org/blog/article/33-skills-meeting-and-event-planners-need-to-succeed)
3. Arlington Convention & Visitors Bureau: 25 Pivotal Hospitality Trends for 2018.
https://www.smartmeetings.com/magazine_article/25-pivotal-hospitality-trends-for-2018
4. World Health organisation. Planning healthy and sustainable meetings.
http://www.euro.who.int/__data/assets/pdf_file/0005/373172/healthy-meetings-eng.pdf
5. Ulkoministeriön vastuullisen kokoustamisen opas: https://um.fi/documents/35732/0/Green+Meeting_suom_final+%282%29.pdf/5f119a18-9d56-821f-c867-67b1141726e3?t=1554276947781 (In Finnish only)
6. Wellness Sector Spotlight: The Stunning Shift to Telehealth & Telewellness. Kongressijärjestön raportti 2019: https://www.iccaworld.org/cnt/files/ICCA%20Sustainability%20Report%202019.pdf

ADDITIONS TO BE MADE WITHIN SEPTEMBER

Teaching methods

The course is based on active learning. The aim is for students to master core concepts and meeting/event planning models and to be able to relate what they have learnt to a project to be implemented. The course includes independent individual learning and study (distance work), reading circles, presentations of outputs, project work and reflection on learning.

Exam schedules

There is no exam in this course. Evaluation is based on output, assignments and work during the course.

International connections

Teaching at Turku University of Applied Sciences is based on #Innopeda, a learning method developed at TURKU AMK. Innopeda is based on experimentation, knowledge sharing and combining different approaches. With Innopeda we combine teaching, research and development, internationality and cooperation with working life. Find out more about Innopeda on the Intranet Messi.

Student workload

Reading&learning circles (3) and oral presentations from reading&learning circles (3)
A possibility to be part of a survey group in larger events in Turku.
Practical project - written project implementation plan in small groups and implementation on event days
Peer and self-evaluation
Final written reflection (this is the basis for the grade)

Sizing of student work:
5ects is 133h of student work and is divided as follows
65h contact hours (of which 20 - 25h for the event).
68h of independent work

Content scheduling

After completing the course, students will be able to
- analyse and apply different meeting and event planning processes
- identify and apply different services and different welfare components in a meeting or event concept
- organize a meeting or event that promotes well-being, is sustainable and customer-oriented
Content:
- Process models for event and meeting planning
- Elements of mental and physical well-being in a meeting and event context
- Planning, implementing and documenting a meeting or event project

Planning and organizing a meeting, planning and organizing the event and its organisation:
Please refer to the online schedule for facilities and times.

Further information

Events to be organized are
1) International Language Week ILW - 18.11. -23.11. at EDU Campus.

2) The main event is in co-operation with Turku UAS: Find Your Future - Ura ja Rekrymessut (Career and recruiting fair). The fair is on EDU and ICT campuses on Thursday 28.11.2024

3) Possible participation on National Congeress Delegation Survey in Turku. Details announced within September

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Reading circles (3) and oral presentations of reading circles (3) - assessment 1-5 (teacher assessment)

Project implementation:
Implementation of the event - written implementation plan for the project in small groups and implementation on the event days - assessment 1-5 (written part omitted)
Peer and self-assessment on a scale of 1-5, will have an indicative effect on the final grade
Final written reflection assessment 1-5 (teacher assessment, forms the basis of the evaluation)

Participation on Congress Delegation Survey.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Completions (reading&learning circles, final reflection) are incomplete and do not meet the minimum requirements, and supplements are not returned on time, OR the student does not participate in the planning and implementation of either one of the events 1 or 2.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Project work and preparatory reading&learning circles
The student/group works independently, but not fully in line with the objectives of the curriculum. No guidance is used. The knowledge base is unilaterally covered in the reading&learning circle and applied in the project. The presentation of selected perspectives and own conclusions is weak and some of the objectives of the course are not achieved. The outputs of the reading circles do not include critical reflection or synthesis. The small group project implementation plan based on the reading circle proposals does not clearly support the implementation of the small group project or is incomplete and overly detailed.
Final reflection
Reflection does not demonstrate mastery of the reading and reflection remains superficial. The learning from the event implementation (project) is either self-evident or superficial. Reflection is one-sided and/or brief. Lack of teamwork. Absences.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

GRADE 3
Project work and preparatory reading&learning circles:
The student/group is proactive, innovative and critical to some extent and makes good use of the learning material. The selection and use of the theoretical knowledge base and the latest research findings are quite varied and appropriate to the topic. The readings are discussed and the overall issues are presented in a largely logical and clear manner.
The output contains critical thinking and is active. The outputs of the reading circles are partly useful for the implementation of the project.
Final reflection
The reflection will return to the theoretical knowledge base and will be complemented by the lessons learned and the project experience. Reflection is quite complex or partly analytical, reflecting on what has been learned. The reflection paper is a coherent whole, in line with the assignment.

Fairly active participation in the planning and implementation of the event or teamwork to be developed.

Grade 4 fulfills the requirements for grade 3, yet does not cover enough criteria to be a 5.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Project work and preparatory reading&learning circles:
The student/group draws on the resources and skills of the whole group. There is good preparation and clear interest in the topic of the learning circle. The student/group is able to critically analyse different possible solutions for the project and to build a customer-oriented package taking into account the different perspectives and constraints of the event implementation. The student/group has received feedback constructively and has also used it during the project work. The work of the group is dialogical and develops the knowledge and skills of all participants.
Final reflection:
The reflection is a logical and coherent whole. The reflection clearly demonstrates a comprehensive knowledge of the theoretical background and the business context, the application of the knowledge base to the project and the structuring of the learning. The text is analytical and partly critical.
Active participation in the planning and implementation of the event as part of a team.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Timing

09.01.2024 - 20.03.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

15 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Nicolas Le Grand
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PLIITS22BOM
    PLIITS22BOM

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to
- understand how HRM can contribute to organizational performance
- recognize the principal functions of HR
- develop an understanding of how the principles and practices human resource management
- help firms to attract, retain, and develop its human capital.

Content

- strategic management and Strategic HR management
- core processes and functions of HRM
- work analysis and job design
- recruitment process
- performance management and appraisal, reward management

Materials

- Course book: Dessler, Gary (2017 or 2019). Human Resource Management, 15th/16th edition, Harlow: Pearson Education.
There are several hard copies of the 13th, 15th and 16th editions at the Lemminkäinen library which are also fine to use for this course.
- Additional reading materials in Itslearning

Teaching methods

Flipped Learning: the students study the theoretical background at home (cf. reading to be completed prior to every class)
The contact hours are mainly used to do case studies and workshops.
BYOD for each “lecture” as the course book & internet access are needed to do the case studies

Exam schedules

This course is based on the completion of assignments and there is no exam.

International connections

Flipped learning, case study method, project base

Completion alternatives

Providing a lecture about HRM - topic(s) to be defined with the responsible teacher - to the class.

Student workload

Contact Sessions: 40 hours
Individual and team assignments: ~ 40 hours
Readings: ~40 hours

Content scheduling

Course introduction and key concepts
2. HRM strategy and analysis
3. work analysis and talent management process, deadline for individual assignment 1 and peer review in class
4. Personnel planning, employee testing and interviewing candidates
5. Reviewing questions for the team assignment; performance management and appraisal, reward management
6. Guest lecture (to be confirmed), deadline for individual assignment 2 and peer review in class
7. Strategic Pay plans
8. Course wrap and team presentations

Further information

Priority will be given to Business Operations Management and exchange students.

Possible traveling costs at the expense of the student might occur for the completion of the team assignment (interview of an HR specialist).

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is based on case studies which are done in class. Therefore a 70% attendance is required to be able to pass the course.

All the components (individual assignments, peer reviews…) of this course will be graded as follow:
Fail (0pts)
Good (1pts)
Excellent (2pts)
2 Individual assignments: 4 points maximum
2 peer reviews: 4 points maximum
2 impromptu tests: 4 points maximum
1 team assignment (team presentation and executive summary): 4 points
The students can get a maximum of altogether 16 points.
The points translate as follow for the final grade:
0-6 points: failed; 7 points: 1; 8-9 points: 2; 10-11 points: 3; 12-13 points; 4; 14-16 points: 5

Please note that:
Missing a deadline equals 0 points (unless medical certificate)
The two individual assignments and the team assignment are compulsory to do to be able to pass the course. Missing a peer review or an impromptu test is not disqualifying, it only affects negatively the final grade.
Assessment scale H-5
Fail (0)

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has demonstrated very limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Several parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has demonstrated limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows some difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Some parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has demonstrated good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Important parts of the text are clear and well written.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has demonstrated very good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate clearly his/her ideas in writing to the reader in a professional way. Most of the text is clear and well written.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.03.2024

Timing

08.04.2024 - 13.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Nicolas Le Grand

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to
- understand how HRM can contribute to organizational performance
- recognize the principal functions of HR
- develop an understanding of how the principles and practices human resource management
- help firms to attract, retain, and develop its human capital.

Content

- strategic management and Strategic HR management
- core processes and functions of HRM
- work analysis and job design
- recruitment process
- performance management and appraisal, reward management

Materials

Course Book:
Dessler, Gary (2019). Human Resource Management, 16th edition, Harlow: Pearson Education.
OR
Dessler, Gary (2017). Human Resource Management, 15th edition, Harlow: Pearson Education.

Reading materials in Itslearning

Teaching methods

Each study week is composed of the following elements:
1. Studying the assigned chapter(s) from the course book
2. Case study in pairs and peer review or study team discussion
3. Feedback and Wrap-up from the lecturer every week

Exam schedules

This course is completed through assignments and there is no exam.

International connections

Flipped learning, case study based.

Student workload

Studying the 8 assigned Chapters: 60 hours
4 pair assignments: 50 hours
3 Team discussions (preparation and the actual discussion): 10 hours

Content scheduling

The 1st deadline is on April 21st and there will be weekly deadlines until June 2nd. The course environment will open two weeks before the first deadline. Study teams and the student pairs will be formed prior to the start of the course.

Introduction and key concepts
HRM strategy and analysis
Job analysis and the talent management process
Personnel planning and testing
Interviewing candidates
Training and developing employees
Performance management and appraisal

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

All the components (pair assignments, pair assignment reviews…) of this course will be graded as follow:
Fail (0pts)
Good (1pts)
Excellent (2pts)
4 pair assignments: 8 points maximum
3 team discussions: 6 points maximum
A student can get a maximum of altogether 14 points.
The points translate as follow for the final grade:
0-5 points: failed; 6 points: 1; 7-8 points: 2; 9-10 points: 3; 11-12 points: 4; 13-14 points: 5
Please note that missing a deadline equals 0 points (unless medical certificate).

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has demonstrated very limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Several parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has demonstrated limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows some difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Some parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has demonstrated good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Important parts of the text are clear and well written.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has demonstrated very good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate clearly his/her ideas in writing to the reader in a professional way. Most of the text is clear and well written.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 05.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 07.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

16 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Annika Karppelin
  • Nicolas Le Grand
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PMMWES21

Objective

Upon completion of this course, the students is able to
- distinguish between strategic management and operational management decisions
- distinguish between leadership and management approach at company and destination level
- recognize the role of HR, use of technologies, competence development, and occupational wellness in tourism and hospitality industry
- explain the importance of soft skills in work community and customer contacts

Content

- Leadership and developing employee competencies and occupational wellness
- Adaptability, problem solving, conflict resolution and teamwork
- Standardized processes, service standards and technology in customer encounters

Materials

Dessler, Gary (2019). Human Resource Management, 16th edition, Harlow: Pearson Education.
OR
Dessler, Gary (2017). Human Resource Management, 15th edition, Harlow: Pearson Education. (available online in FINNA)

Johnston, Clark and Shulver. 2012. Service Operations Management. Improving Service Delivery. 4th edit. Pearson. e-book, available online in FINNA. Chapters:

And additional reading materials in Itslearning

Teaching methods

Flipped Learning, learning circles, case studies

Exam schedules

There is no exam for this course.

International connections

The student studies most of the concepts at home (individual assignments and team assignment). Important parts of the contact sessions are used to work on case studies.

Completion alternatives

Make sure to contact the teachers within August about it. To be agreed with the teachers before the course starts.

Student workload

Contact lessons: 25h
Studying reading materials ~ 30/50h
Working on assignments and peer reviews ~ 40-60h

Content scheduling

Human Resource Management and Development
Strategic Management and HRM
Leadership key concepts
Leadership and employees' competence development
Orientation of new employees
Destination Level Management
Challenges in Hospitality Industry

Further information

Attendance in class is compulsory as we will do case studies and workshops in class.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

All the components (individual assignments, peer reviews…) of this course will be graded as follow:
Fail (0pts)
Pass / Good (1pts)
Really good / Excellent (2pts)
• 2 individual assignments: 4 points maximum
• 2 peers reviews: 4 points maximum
• 1 team assignment: 4 points maximum
The points translate as follow for the final grade:
• 12-11 points = grade 5
•10-9 points = grade 4
• 8-7 points = grade 3
• 6 points = grade 2
• 5 points = grade 1
• 4 points and below = fail
OBS: The two individual assignments and the team assignment are compulsory to be able to pass the course. Missing a peer review is not disqualifying, it only affects negatively the final grade.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has demonstrated very limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas to others. Several parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has demonstrated limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows some difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas to others. Some parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has demonstrated good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate his/her ideas to others. Important parts of the text are clear and well written.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has demonstrated very good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate clearly his/her ideas to others in a professional way. Most of the text is clear and well written.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 11.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pinja Palm
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Kai Åkerfelt
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

After completing this course the student is able to utilize IT applications in goal-oriented team and project work.

Content

- use of the O365 environment for team communication and information management
- basics of Excel
- drafting of texts, publications and presentations, processing and embedding images
- basics of data protection and security

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 23.01.2024

Timing

16.01.2024 - 07.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

4 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pinja Palm
Groups
  • MLIISK24

Objective

After completing this course the student is able to utilize IT applications in goal-oriented team and project work.

Content

- use of the O365 environment for team communication and information management
- basics of Excel
- drafting of texts, publications and presentations, processing and embedding images
- basics of data protection and security

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.02.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kosar Mahmoodi
  • Taneli Ahtiainen
  • Kati Haanpää
  • Pauliina Isomäki
  • Kai Åkerfelt
Groups
  • OSKIMOK24
    Multi-Skilled Librarians

Objective

After completing this course the student is able to utilize IT applications in goal-oriented team and project work.

Content

- use of the O365 environment for team communication and information management
- basics of Excel
- drafting of texts, publications and presentations, processing and embedding images
- basics of data protection and security

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 06.11.2023

Timing

24.10.2023 - 16.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Entrepreneurship and Sales

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Nicolas Le Grand
  • Pia Lindgren
Scheduling groups
  • Avoimen AMK:n kiintiöpaikat. Ilmoittaudu ilman tätä pienryhmää (Size: 5. Open UAS: 5.)
Groups
  • MLIISK22
Small groups
  • Open UAS quota. Please enroll without selecting this group

Objective

After completing this course the student
- is able to interact with people from different cultures
- knows the various frameworks on cultures and have a better understanding of how each culture perceives i.e. time and space, face and face-saving, verbal and nonverbal communication
- appreciates the differences in cultural beliefs and communication practices
- is able to apply his/her knowledge and skills in working and communicating with ease and confidence in intercultural situations

Content

Contents:
- cultural frameworks
- cultural awareness and identity
- cultural briefing
- national cultures and cultural influences
- intercultural communication skills
- culture in teams, business cultures

Materials

Study material on itslearning ;
should be completed by all other materials according to students' own focus area

Teaching methods

The course combines many methods:
class sessions
flipped learning,
independent learning includes a small scale project with required research
Working life contacts can be tied and applied

Exam schedules

Individual assignment, a small scale culture project

International connections

Pedagogical approach is international, working life oriented, learning in teams and also co-teaching as the course has two teachers

Completion alternatives

This course can be replaced by a similar course but only after consulting the tutor teacher

Student workload

5 cr = 135 h of student work
4*4h contact sessions with teacher
1*4h contact session with the co-teacher
preparing the assignment
preparing for the contact sessions by reading the material given (flipped learning)

Content scheduling

The course starts on 31 October 2023
After completing this course the student
- is able to interact with people from different cultures
- knows the various frameworks on cultures and has a better understanding of how each culture perceives i.e. time and space, face and face-saving, verbal and nonverbal communication
- appreciates the differences in cultural beliefs and communication practices
- is able to apply his/her knowledge and skills in working and communicating with ease and confidence in intercultural situations

Contents:
- cultural frameworks
- cultural awareness and identity
- national cultures and cultural influences
- intercultural communication skills
- culture in teams, business cultures

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

assignment
active discussion and shared knowledge
self, peer and teacher assessment

documents returned after deadline will result in lowering the grade

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

no returned documents
very inactive presence , only one absence is allowed
documents very shallow or very late

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Cultural Awareness: Student understands the concept of cultural identity and the importance of understanding other cultures. The student is able to describe his/her cultural identity.
Theoretical frameworks on culture: The student is able to identify main concepts from cultural frameworks.
Intercultural communication: The student can describe the importance of intercultural communication skills in social and business situations.
Business cultures: The student is able to describe the importance of understanding business cultures in different national contexts

Deliverables are done but lack analysis.



.
Arviointikriteerit - kiitettävä (5)
Suomeksi
e

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Cultural Awareness: The student is able to describe different ways of interpreting culture and cultural awareness, . The student can analyse his/her own cultural identity in relation to the values, customs and practices of other cultures.
Theoretical frameworks on culture: The student is able to describe the frameworks and shows understanding of how they can be used in practice.
Intercultural communication: The student is able to describe the communication skills needed in intercultural situations and demonstrates ability to use them in practice.
Business cultures: The student can explain business practices of different cultures and is able to identify challenges relating to his/her own culture in doing business in another culture.
Discussions showing interest and motivation
Documents well prepared and analytical

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Cultural Awareness: The student is able to analyse how national and organizational cultures build cultural identity, and can demonstrate cultural sensitivity and appreciation of other cultures in intercultural encounters.
Theoretical frameworks on culture: The student is able to explain the concept and significance of the frameworks. In addition, the student is able to apply the frameworks in case and authentic situations.
Intercultural communication: The student is able to analyse breaks in communication due to cultural factors and can suggest ways of improving the communicative approach to the situation. The student shows ability to adapt and adjust his/her communication style in various intercultural situations.
Business cultures: The student is able to apply his/her knowledge of business cultures in authentic and case situations. The student is able to analyse and suggest approaches to intercultural business situations.
Professional approach based on experience and knowledge is shown is discussions and in documentation
Assignments show analytical expertise

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 21.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 16.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 65

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kosar Mahmoodi
  • Nicolas Le Grand
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

After completing this course the student
- is able to interact with people from different cultures
- knows the various frameworks on cultures and have a better understanding of how each culture perceives i.e. time and space, face and face-saving, verbal and nonverbal communication
- appreciates the differences in cultural beliefs and communication practices
- is able to apply his/her knowledge and skills in working and communicating with ease and confidence in intercultural situations

Content

Contents:
- cultural frameworks
- cultural awareness and identity
- cultural briefing
- national cultures and cultural influences
- intercultural communication skills
- culture in teams, business cultures

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Päivi Killström
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS20ba
    PLIITS20ba

Objective

Having completed the course, the student is able to:
- realize the cultural aspect in communication
- observe his/her own as well as others’ cultural behavior in various contexts
- find explanations in theories and models
- analyze the similarities and differences and is able to explain reasons behind them
- create inter-cultural business contacts and interact with them
- learn from each other and see different viewpoints

Content

Networking in-campus and out-campus
Hosting international guests, students, teampreneurs at least in one event,
for example: campus events, visits to local business organizations, companies, student events
Joint training sessions with international teams
Building required networks for upcoming projects
Contacting international companies

Teaching methods

Intercultural networking takes place in multicultural situations such as training sessions, project meetings, meetings with clients or representatives from working life, discussions with TUAS staff members, student tutors and exchange students.
Different situations/feelings/observations are noted in a portfolio and discussed in training sessions as for the student to get a better insight of what happened and why, and to learn the reasoning behind it. After reflection, a better understanding should result in better behaviour leading to better co-operation. The student will learn more about different cultures as well as his own culture also trough studying relevant theory.

International connections

This course is based on the working culture of BusinesAcademy incl training sessions, learning agreement, business and reading.
Students present the learning outcomes in their portfolios.

Completion alternatives

Course is targeted for students working at the BusinessAcademy.

Student workload

Project hours related to this competence are counted. The rest of the hours comes from reading and training sessions as well as from networking with representatives from different cultures. All projects should include a project plan with pre-motorola followed by post-motorola. Project hours constitute of project planning, execution and reporting as well as of reading and implementing theories (books, TED talks, research material) chosen by the student. (135 h/5 credits)
A student will write one book reflection per 5 credits.

Content scheduling

Networking in-campus and out-campus
Hosting international guests, students, teampreneurs at least in one event,
for example: campus events, visits to local business organizations, companies, student events
joint trainings with international teams
Building required networks for upcoming projects
Contacting international companies
Making international business

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Learning outcomes presented in student´s portfolio.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Requirements doesn't fulfill.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

1 -2, the student is able to:
-work in multicultural environments as a team member
-identify the main concepts related to international networking and communication and different working practices

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3 - 4, the student is able to
-work efficiently in multicultural environments towards commonly defined goals
-interpret cultural situations and assess the effect of his/her behavior to team work and intercultural meetings.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5, the student is able to
-network efficiently and goal oriented in an international environment
-solve evential conflicts in international groups
-combine theories, outcomes of training sessions and personal experiences in multicultural teams
-acknowledge personal development areas and work on them
-see the benefits of multiculturalism.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 30.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Päivi Killström
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS21ba
    PLIITS21ba

Objective

The student is able to
- work and take an active role in an international project
- communicate and negotiate project requirements (project deliverables, project outcomes) with the customer and the project team
- meet the deadlines and requirements set by and with the customer
- communicate the suggestions developed by the project team to the customer in a professional manner
- understand demands of environments between different countries.

Content

Identifying and contacting SME’s in the Turku region which are looking for internationalize their products/services or abroad
Identifying and contacting companies outside Finland which are looking for business opportunities in Finland
Agreeing with a customer about the deliverables and deadlines/milestones
Identifying and gathering the data needed to perform the required tasks
Implementin a project

Materials

Recommended reading can be found: https://tiimiakatemia.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/Tiimiyritt%C3%A4j%C3%A4n-ja-tiimivalmentajan-parhaat-kirjat-valintaopas-2022-23.pdf

Teaching methods

Business Academy is a team learning environment which building blocks are:
1. Training Sessions
2. Reading Circles
3. Learning Agreement
4. Project Work/Running Business

Student-teams operate in open business markets. Genuine customer contacts and co-operations with companies make it possible to apply the theories in action. Students have excellent opportunities to build relationships and networks with business decision-makers, stakeholders and partners during their BusinessAcademy studies.

The students are supported in finding their best way of learning by their team coach.

Students act in their own co-operations as teampreneurs and make their own decisions concerning their business.

Feedback, Evaluation and Continuous Development: Continuous feedback using Motorola is part of BusinessAcademy best practices.

International connections

Students study in active and innovative learning environment BusinessAcademy.

Completion alternatives

The student can speciify in its learning agreement the importance of achievements done either uindividually or in the context of a team. Work may be achieved through the organisation team or project sub-teams.

Student workload

On a 5 ECTS workload consits of 100 hours of project work in international project. One book per 5 credits and a reflection is included aswell.

Content scheduling

Goals
The student is able to
- work and take an active role in an international project
- communicate and negotiate project requirements (project deliverables, project outcomes) with the customer and the project team
- meet the deadlines and requirements set by and with the customer
- communicate the suggestions developed by the project team to the customer in a professional manner
- understand demands of environments between different countries.
Content:
Identifying and contacting SME’s in the Turku region which are looking for internationalize their products/services or abroad
Identifying and contacting companies outside Finland which are looking for business opportunities in Finland
Agreeing with a customer about the deliverables and deadlines/milestones
Identifying and gathering the data needed to perform the required tasks
Implementin a project

Further information

Teams and whatsapp are used. This course is ment only for BusinessAcademy students.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The student is evaluated based on the student's own Portfolio. The portfolio is an organized presentation of an individual's projects, reflection and 360 feedback. A portfolio consists of student's list of working hours, reading reflections, the outputs of student's projects (documents, reports, pictures, links, videos, etc.). The student convinces one's coach with the portfolio about one's competence and learning.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

A student hasn't got an international experience and can't proof any international customer project.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student
- works actively to generate value in an international customer project.
- understands and identifies customer needs
- improves one's action based on feedback
- needs help from the coach and team mates to complete a customer project

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student
- works actively and independently to generate value in an international customer project.
- understands and identifies customer needs
- improves one's action based on feedback
- is able to take advantage of advises and help from the coach and team mates to complete a customer project in perfect way

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student
- works actively and independently to generate value in an international customer project.
- understands and identifies customer needs
- improves one's action based on feedback
- is able to take advantage of advises and help from the coach and team mates to complete a customer project in perfect way
- is able to organize the team and help the others to complete a customer project in perfect way

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 10.03.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

The student is able to
- work and take an active role in an international project
- communicate and negotiate project requirements (project deliverables, project outcomes) with the customer and the project team
- meet the deadlines and requirements set by and with the customer
- communicate the suggestions developed by the project team to the customer in a professional manner
- understand demands of environments between different countries.

Content

Identifying and contacting SME’s in the Turku region which are looking for internationalize their products/services or abroad
Identifying and contacting companies outside Finland which are looking for business opportunities in Finland
Agreeing with a customer about the deliverables and deadlines/milestones
Identifying and gathering the data needed to perform the required tasks
Implementin a project

Materials

Recommended reading can be found: https://tiimiakatemia.com/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/Tiimiyritt%C3%A4j%C3%A4n-ja-tiimivalmentajan-parhaat-kirjat-valintaopas-2022-23.pdf

Teaching methods

Business Academy is a team learning environment which building blocks are:
1. Training Sessions
2. Reading Circles
3. Learning Agreement
4. Project Work/Running Business

Student-teams operate in open business markets. Genuine customer contacts and co-operations with companies make it possible to apply the theories in action. Students have excellent opportunities to build relationships and networks with business decision-makers, stakeholders and partners during their BusinessAcademy studies.

The students are supported in finding their best way of learning by their team coach.

Students act in their own co-operations as teampreneurs and make their own decisions concerning their business.

Feedback, Evaluation and Continuous Development: Continuous feedback using Motorola is part of BusinessAcademy best practices.

International connections

Students study in active and innovative learning environment BusinessAcademy.

Completion alternatives

The student can speciify in its learning agreement the importance of achievements done either uindividually or in the context of a team. Work may be achieved through the organisation team or project sub-teams.

Student workload

On a 5 ECTS workload consits of 100 hours of project work in international project. One book per 5 credits and a reflection is included aswell.

Content scheduling

Goals
The student is able to
- work and take an active role in an international project
- communicate and negotiate project requirements (project deliverables, project outcomes) with the customer and the project team
- meet the deadlines and requirements set by and with the customer
- communicate the suggestions developed by the project team to the customer in a professional manner
- understand demands of environments between different countries.
Content:
Identifying and contacting SME’s in the Turku region which are looking for internationalize their products/services or abroad
Identifying and contacting companies outside Finland which are looking for business opportunities in Finland
Agreeing with a customer about the deliverables and deadlines/milestones
Identifying and gathering the data needed to perform the required tasks
Implementin a project

Further information

Teams and whatsapp are used. This course is ment only for BusinessAcademy students.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The student is evaluated based on the student's own Portfolio. The portfolio is an organized presentation of an individual's projects, reflection and 360 feedback. A portfolio consists of student's list of working hours, reading reflections, the outputs of student's projects (documents, reports, pictures, links, videos, etc.). The student convinces one's coach with the portfolio about one's competence and learning.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

A student hasn't got an international experience and can't proof any international customer project.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student
- works actively to generate value in an international customer project.
- understands and identifies customer needs
- improves one's action based on feedback
- needs help from the coach and team mates to complete a customer project

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student
- works actively and independently to generate value in an international customer project.
- understands and identifies customer needs
- improves one's action based on feedback
- is able to take advantage of advises and help from the coach and team mates to complete a customer project in perfect way

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student
- works actively and independently to generate value in an international customer project.
- understands and identifies customer needs
- improves one's action based on feedback
- is able to take advantage of advises and help from the coach and team mates to complete a customer project in perfect way
- is able to organize the team and help the others to complete a customer project in perfect way

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 27.02.2024

Timing

29.02.2024 - 06.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Otieno Mbare
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PLIITS22BOM
    PLIITS22BOM

Objective

After completing this course the student is able to follow media and the news concerning international economy and world's trade has an overview on the foundation of international economy and the forms of trade policy is able to explain the development and various forms of the world's economic integration and the position of Finland in this context understands and is able to explain the function of open macroeconomics

Content

Contents: foundations of international economy forms of trade policy; forms of economic integration key theories explaining international trade and trade policy international monetary system and regional monetary integration

Exam schedules

Will be announced in class

International connections

Students learn in small groups

Inquiry-based, case studies, experiential learning, collaborative and integrative

Student workload

Students workload = 133hrs

Content scheduling

After completing this course the student is able to follow media and the news concerning international economy and world's trade has an overview on the foundation of international economy and the forms of trade policy is able to explain the development and various forms of the world's economic integration and the position of Finland in this context understands and is able to explain the function of open macroeconomics


Contents: foundations of international economy forms of trade policy; forms of economic integration key theories explaining international trade and trade policy international monetary system and regional monetary integration

Further information

To be announced in class

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on a scale of: 1 - 5
Active participation in team 10%
Individual assignment 40%
Team assignment 50%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The work does not reach the standard level of the course. There is no evidence of further reading or considered thought about the subject matter neither clear demonstration of familiarity with the various terminologies and concepts.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

There is basic understanding of international economic concepts but the knowledge and the processing of knowledge is weak or limited. There is only little evidence of wider reading.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The work is reasonably competent, though there may be some weaknesses. Knowledge of various responsible tourism and wellness business and marketing concepts is adequate and while there is evidence of reading beyond the class, it's patchy or not broad (3).


The work is well developed beyond that given; demonstrates sound conceptual knowledge in responsible tourism and wellness business and reasoning; depth and breadth of reading (4)

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The work reflect very high conceptual standard and demonstrate knowledge in responsible tourism and wellness business concepts and autonomous development of reasoning processing well beyond that given in class. There is clear evidence of depth and breadth in reading

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

15.01.2024 - 01.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Saara Tikkanen
  • Arto Manninen
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

Having completed the course, the student is able to
- define basic terms
- describe most common business models
- apply simple business model analysis

Content

- basic characteristics of digital business
- the most common tools and model used in digital business
- basic methods for business model analysis

Completion alternatives

N/A

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 27.08.2023

Timing

11.09.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Entrepreneurship and Sales

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Otieno Mbare
Scheduling groups
  • Avoimen AMK:n kiintiöpaikat. Ilmoittaudu ilman tätä pienryhmää (Size: 5. Open UAS: 5.)
Groups
  • MLIISK22
Small groups
  • Open UAS quota. Please enroll without selecting this group

Objective

The student is able to
- distinguish between the competitive requirements in international business vs. domestic business
- define different business models in international business
- describe various business strategies when entering and operating in international business
- understand the requirements for marketing in the international business environment
- acquire the needed information for doing business in the EU.

Materials

1. John Daniels, Lee Radebaugh, and Daniel Sullivan. International Business: Environments and Operations, 13/e. Copywrite @ 2011 Pearson Education, Inc. publishing as Prentice Hall
2. Griffin - Pustay. International Business, Sixth Edition. Prentice Hall
3. Alan M. Rugman & Simon Collinson. International Business. @ Pearson Education Limited 2009,. Prentice Hall

Teaching methods

A combination of lectures, case discussions, team work, and presentations

International connections

Experiential learning, inquiry-based, case studies, collaborative, reflective, constructivism, and integrative

Student workload

135 hrs
• First group assignments (30h)
• Second group assignments (30)
• studying the recommended literatures (42h)
• final group project work (33h

Content scheduling

en
Global business has been growing rapidly due to technological expansion, liberalization of governmental policies on international trade and resource movements, more democratic governance, development of institutions needed to support and facilitate international transactions, and increased global competition. Having a global mindset is considered an asset in order to meet the needs of clients that are moving to foreign markets; and order to achieve this global fit, international knowledge is a requirement.
- after taking this course the students will gain competence in reviewing and analyzing international business cases
- gain greater skills dealing with real-life cases and gain immense understanding of international business operations and management

Further information

For more information contact:
Email: Otieno.Mbare@turkuamk.fi
Tel. +358 40 355 0175
Room (??)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The grading system is between 1 - 5 where:
1 = Mediocre, 2 = Satisfactory, 3 = Good, 4 = Very good, 5 = Excellent

Active participation, 20%
1 individual assignment 10%
1 group assignments, 30%
Final group assignment, 50%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Quantity: the work is not completed and or;
- Quality: the minimum content requirements are not met

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Acceptable, but below average / Satisfactory:
- Research, thinking and communication are hardly acceptable
- Appear to grasp theory and have made a start in showing its applicability

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Good understanding of key International business theories, and able to demonstrate how to apply theoretical knowledge into the case studies/assignments. The student demonstrates good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate his/her ideas to others. Important parts of the text are clear and well written.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excellent understanding of key International business theories, and able to demonstrate, apply theoretical knowledge into practice with valuable findings. The student ability to gather and interpret relevant data is consistent throughout the course duration. The student is able to communicate clearly his/her ideas to others in a professional way. Most of the text is clear and well written.

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 21.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 16.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 65

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kosar Mahmoodi
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

The student is able to
- distinguish between the competitive requirements in international business vs. domestic business
- define different business models in international business
- describe various business strategies when entering and operating in international business
- understand the requirements for marketing in the international business environment
- acquire the needed information for doing business in the EU.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 25.01.2024

Timing

25.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Alisa Pettersson
Groups
  • MLIITS23B
    MLIITS23B
  • MLIITS23A
    MLIITS23A
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 08.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 09.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Telle Tuominen
Groups
  • PLMWES23

Objective

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
• describe the tourism phenomenon and the wellness trend at the international, national, and regional level
• classify and describe different service providers in the tourism, hospitality, leisure and wellness business and the connections between these providers
• identify the push and pull factors of tourism and their significance for tourist flows
• discuss different employment opportunities in the tourism, hospitality, leisure, and wellness business as well as evaluate personal carrier opportunities and development needs

Content

Key terminology, models and concepts of tourism, hospitality, leisure, and wellness business
The key industries of the tourism, leisure and wellness business, economic significance, and forces that drive change
Developments and forecasts in the industry
Carrier opportunities and occupational identity

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jari Leppihalme
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

The student is able to
- calculate costs and selling price of a product or service
- produce planning and monitoring calculations to support decision making
- make use of information systems and internal accounting reports in planning and monitoring profitability
- use spreadsheet software to produce calculations

Content

- concepts and principles of management accounting
- cost-volume-profit calculation
- pricing methods
- product costing
- budgeting
- investment calculations

Content scheduling

- concepts and principles of management accounting
- cost-volume-profit calculation
- pricing methods
- product costing
- capital budgeting

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 04.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jari Leppihalme
Groups
  • PLIITS22TAHA
    PLIITS22TAHA

Objective

Student is able to
- calculate costs and selling price of a product or service
- produce planning and monitoring calculations to support decision making
- make use of information systems and internal accounting reports in planning and monitoring profitability
- use spreadsheet software to produce calculations

Content

- concepts and principles of management accounting
- cost-volume-profit calculation
- pricing methods
- product costing
- budgeting
- investment calculations

Content scheduling

- concepts and principles of management accounting
- cost-volume-profit calculation
- pricing methods
- product costing
- budgeting
- investment calculations

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 24.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jari Leppihalme
Groups
  • DSUTAS23
    Aim for Economy Expertise

Content scheduling

- pricing methods
- budgeting
- product costing
- capital budgeting

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

03.07.2023 - 20.09.2023

Timing

25.09.2023 - 24.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Markku Rajala
Groups
  • PLIITS21ba
    PLIITS21ba

Objective

The student is able to
- understand mechanisms and phenomenons related to public finances and international economics.
- make use of statistics related to economics

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Timing

09.01.2024 - 23.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Markku Rajala
Groups
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR
  • PLIITS22TAHA
    PLIITS22TAHA

Objective

The student is able to
- understand mechanisms and phenomenons related to public finances and international economics.
- make use of statistics related to economics

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 31.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kosar Mahmoodi
  • Liina Hyttinen
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

Students are able to use legal thinking in business related matters and are familiar with the principles and procedures of legal matters. The student is able to make contracts related to daily business and knows the regulation of marketing products and services. With regard to labor law the student is familiar with regulations related to employment contracts and collective agreements, so that he / she is able to resolve issues related to employment relationships in his / her work duties, if necessary. The student knows basics of company law for corporate administration and own business.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Timing

30.01.2024 - 12.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 250

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • TELI5 Virtuaalihenkilö YRMY
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

Students are able to use legal thinking in business related matters and are familiar with the principles and procedures of legal matters. The student is able to make contracts related to daily business and knows the regulation of marketing products and services. With regard to labor law the student is familiar with regulations related to employment contracts and collective agreements, so that he / she is able to resolve issues related to employment relationships in his / her work duties, if necessary. The student knows basics of company law for corporate administration and own business.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 08.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 10.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual portion

7 op

RDI portion

10 op

Mode of delivery

30 % Contact teaching, 70 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

1 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anette Kairikko
  • Paula Savolainen
Groups
  • MLIITS21

Objective

x

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 07.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 10.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual portion

7 op

RDI portion

10 op

Mode of delivery

30 % Contact teaching, 70 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

1 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Paula Savolainen
  • Kati Haanpää
Groups
  • MKITIS21

Objective

x

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 16.01.2024

Timing

15.01.2024 - 15.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

1 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anette Kairikko
  • Paula Savolainen
Groups
  • MLIISK22

Objective

x

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 11.09.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Päivi Killström
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS21ba
    PLIITS21ba

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to select and use adequate methods in a development project

Content

- development methods and tools in working life
- interview and survey
- documentation
- ethics in development work

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 10.09.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 20.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Päivi Killström
Groups
  • PLIISS21

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to select and use adequate methods in a development project

Content

- development methods and tools in working life
- interview and survey
- documentation
- ethics in development work

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 04.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Riikka Kulmala
Groups
  • PLIITS21mar
    PLIITS21mar

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to select and use adequate methods in a development project

Content

- development methods and tools in working life
- interview and survey
- documentation
- ethics in development work

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

15.11.2023 - 31.01.2024

Timing

01.12.2023 - 30.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Timo Holopainen
Groups
  • PMYYNS21

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to select and use adequate methods in a development project

Content

- development methods and tools in working life
- interview and survey
- documentation
- ethics in development work

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 04.02.2024

Timing

04.01.2024 - 15.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Päivi Killström
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to select and use adequate methods in a development project

Content

- development methods and tools in working life
- interview and survey
- documentation
- ethics in development work

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 05.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jari Leppihalme
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

Opiskelija osaa
- toteuttaa pienen yrityksen tilikauden aikaisen kirjanpidon kirjanpito-ohjelmalla
- laskea arvonlisäveron ja työnantajasuoritusten määrän kuukausikirjanpitoon
- laskea yrityksen kirjanpidon perusteella syntyvän verotettavan tulon
- laskea palkansaajan maksettavaksi tulevat verot
- lukea ja analysoida tilinpäätösraportteja.

Content

- tiliryhmien kirjaussäännöt
- palkkakirjanpito
- arvonlisävero
- työnantajasuoritusten ja arvonlisäveron viranomaisilmoittelu
- kirjanpidon jaksotukset ja tilinpäätös
- välittömän verotuksen perusteet
- tilinpäätösraportit ja niiden analysointi

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 08.11.2023

Timing

08.11.2023 - 13.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • DSUTAS23
    Aim for Economy Expertise

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 01.02.2024

Timing

22.01.2024 - 09.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Library and Information Services
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kati Haanpää
Groups
  • MKITIS23

Objective

Having completed the course, the student is able to
- tell about the development of the library system
- understand the meaning of the library law in his/her own community
- identify library as part of surrounding organization.
- communicate and promote library’s role in the society.

Content

The development of library operations
Library Law
National governance and evaluation of libraries
Interest groups and networks
Role of library in the society
Library as an institution and its development

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Timing

09.01.2024 - 12.03.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jaana Merikallio
Groups
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 07.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kati Haanpää
  • Pauliina Isomäki
Groups
  • MKITIS22

Objective

Having completed the course the student
- is able to design physical and digital library material services
- is able to use various methods in developing and assessing collections
- understands the basics of descriptive metadata and its role in information retrieval
- is able to market and promote collections for various customer groups

Content

Developing library collections
Licensing of e-resources
Marketing library services
Descriptive metadata

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 10.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

50 % Contact teaching, 50 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kati Haanpää
  • Pauliina Isomäki
Groups
  • MKITIS23

Objective

Having completed the course the student
- is able to design physical and digital library material services
- is able to use various methods in developing and assessing collections
- understands the basics of descriptive metadata and its role in information retrieval
- is able to market and promote collections for various customer groups

Content

Developing library collections
Licensing of e-resources
Marketing library services
Descriptive metadata

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 14.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 26.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pia Lindman
Groups
  • PLIITS22TAHA
    PLIITS22TAHA

Objective

The student is able to:
- prepare consolidated financial statements according to Finnish Accounting Standards
- create cash flow statements
- analyse financial statements of a company
- calculate and interpret financial key figures
- make conclusions of the financial situation of a company

Content

- Consolidated balance sheet and income statement
- Cash flow statement
- Financial analysis as a tool for planning and controlling
- The key ratios of profitability, liquidity and solvency
- Deducing from the key ratios

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arja Keltaniemi
  • Pia Lindman
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

The course Higher education study skills and working life skills II continues on and deepens the themes of course I. During the first year of studies, the student’s responsibility for the studies increases.
Higher education study skills
- The student can evaluate his/her activities as a student in higher education and recognise his/her development needs

- The student understands the importance of study skills for the ability to study and as a working life skill

- The student recognizes the disadvantages of prolonged problematic situations for his/her studies

- The student recognizes the significance of the evaluation of and reflection on his/her own activities (self-reflection skills) in higher education studies and in developing as an expert

- The student can act in study groups and teams, and promotes reaching the group's target

- The student recognizes the significance of community-orientation and joint rules in studies and working life

- The student can give and receive constructive feedback which also promotes learning

- The student gives feedback through the student barometre questionnaire

Progress in studies and the targeted study time
- The student is committed to target-oriented studying

Support services for students
- The student is familiar with the guidance and counselling services in UAS studies

SoleOPS and ISP
- The student is familiar with the contents and structure of the curriculum of his/her degree programme

- The student understands what ISP is and why it is created

- The student knows how to use SoleOPS

- The student knows the opportunities for the accreditation of studies and competence

Content

Higher education study skills
- The material related to study and working life skills in Messi, the study skills guides of other higher education institutions and other study skills material online

- Planning of time use and using a calendar

- Broaching a subject and getting help from different guidance actors

- Expertise – of which skills do the actions of an expert consist

- Group dynamic and teamwork skills

- A safe study environment, the rules and regulations of TUAS

- The rules of the study group, acting in a work and study community, acting in the worker role

- Students' ways and methods of giving and receiving feedback

- Practising feedback skills

Progress in studies and the targeted study time
- The significance of completing 55 cr for the financing of the UAS

- months of student financial aid

- right to be absent

Support services for students
Guidance and counselling services: tutor teacher, study guidance counsellor, study secretary, international relations coordinator, degree programme leader, head of education and research
Routes which support well-being: study counselling psychologist, students’ health care services (public health nurse, doctor's and psychologist's services), accessibility, reading proficiency tests
SoleOPS and ISP
- Curriculum: core studies, professional studies, practical training and thesis and elective studies; how and based on what to select them

- SoleOPS, enrolling for courses

- SoleOPS, enrolling to resit examinations

- Development discussions as a study and working life skill

- SoleOPS, creating and updating the ISP

- knowledge on the tasks and basic skill requirements in the field

- internationalisation opportunities, in the home country and abroad

- SoleOPS, instructions on the accreditation of studies and competence and electronic services

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 31.05.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Taru Kankaanpää
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

The course Higher education study skills and working life skills II continues on and deepens the themes of course I. During the first year of studies, the student’s responsibility for the studies increases.
Higher education study skills
- The student can evaluate his/her activities as a student in higher education and recognise his/her development needs

- The student understands the importance of study skills for the ability to study and as a working life skill

- The student recognizes the disadvantages of prolonged problematic situations for his/her studies

- The student recognizes the significance of the evaluation of and reflection on his/her own activities (self-reflection skills) in higher education studies and in developing as an expert

- The student can act in study groups and teams, and promotes reaching the group's target

- The student recognizes the significance of community-orientation and joint rules in studies and working life

- The student can give and receive constructive feedback which also promotes learning

- The student gives feedback through the student barometre questionnaire

Progress in studies and the targeted study time
- The student is committed to target-oriented studying

Support services for students
- The student is familiar with the guidance and counselling services in UAS studies

SoleOPS and ISP
- The student is familiar with the contents and structure of the curriculum of his/her degree programme

- The student understands what ISP is and why it is created

- The student knows how to use SoleOPS

- The student knows the opportunities for the accreditation of studies and competence

Content

Higher education study skills
- The material related to study and working life skills in Messi, the study skills guides of other higher education institutions and other study skills material online

- Planning of time use and using a calendar

- Broaching a subject and getting help from different guidance actors

- Expertise – of which skills do the actions of an expert consist

- Group dynamic and teamwork skills

- A safe study environment, the rules and regulations of TUAS

- The rules of the study group, acting in a work and study community, acting in the worker role

- Students' ways and methods of giving and receiving feedback

- Practising feedback skills

Progress in studies and the targeted study time
- The significance of completing 55 cr for the financing of the UAS

- months of student financial aid

- right to be absent

Support services for students
Guidance and counselling services: tutor teacher, study guidance counsellor, study secretary, international relations coordinator, degree programme leader, head of education and research
Routes which support well-being: study counselling psychologist, students’ health care services (public health nurse, doctor's and psychologist's services), accessibility, reading proficiency tests
SoleOPS and ISP
- Curriculum: core studies, professional studies, practical training and thesis and elective studies; how and based on what to select them

- SoleOPS, enrolling for courses

- SoleOPS, enrolling to resit examinations

- Development discussions as a study and working life skill

- SoleOPS, creating and updating the ISP

- knowledge on the tasks and basic skill requirements in the field

- internationalisation opportunities, in the home country and abroad

- SoleOPS, instructions on the accreditation of studies and competence and electronic services

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2022 - 31.07.2022

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arja Keltaniemi
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Marianne Renvall
Groups
  • MLIITS21

Objective

The student learns to evaluate and develop his/her study skills and professional competence.
Course targets
Higher education study skills
- The student can plan his/her studies and recognise development needs in his/her study skills and time management

- The student can study in different learning environments

- The student can evaluate his/her actions in higher education studies and in developing as an expert

- The student gives feedback through the student barometre questionnaire

ISP
- Based on the curriculum, the student can update his/her individual study plan

Content

Higher education study skills
- Inner entrepreneurship and goal-orientation

- teamwork skills

- keeping to a schedule

- giving and receiving feedback

- Innovation pedagogy

- classroom studies

- online learning environments

- working life oriented learning environments

- broaching a subject and getting help from different guidance actors

- developing into an expert

ISP
- competence paths

- practical training (the important of the practical training place in career planning, applying for a training place, evaluation of the realization)

- working life skills

- strengthening the professional identity

- the significance of career planning

- development discussion

- internationality as a part of the studies

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

12.09.2023 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Alisa Pettersson
Groups
  • MLIISK22

Objective

The student learns to evaluate and develop his/her study skills and professional competence.
Course targets
Higher education study skills
- The student can plan his/her studies and recognise development needs in his/her study skills and time management

- The student can study in different learning environments

- The student can evaluate his/her actions in higher education studies and in developing as an expert

- The student gives feedback through the student barometre questionnaire

ISP
- Based on the curriculum, the student can update his/her individual study plan

Content

Higher education study skills
- Inner entrepreneurship and goal-orientation

- teamwork skills

- keeping to a schedule

- giving and receiving feedback

- Innovation pedagogy

- classroom studies

- online learning environments

- working life oriented learning environments

- broaching a subject and getting help from different guidance actors

- developing into an expert

ISP
- competence paths

- practical training (the important of the practical training place in career planning, applying for a training place, evaluation of the realization)

- working life skills

- strengthening the professional identity

- the significance of career planning

- development discussion

- internationality as a part of the studies

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2022 - 31.12.2022

Timing

02.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Taru Kankaanpää
Groups
  • MLIISK21

Objective

The student can act in different learning environments and develop his/her professional competence.
Developing working life skills – towards working life
- The student can apply what he/she has learned in a work environment

- The student gives feedback through the student barometre questionnaire

ISP
- The student creates an employment and career plan

Content

Deepening the working life and study skills
- RDI/cooperatives as a part of studies

- Individual study skills

- inner entrepreneurship

- thesis

- working life skills

- development discussion

- competence paths

- practical training

- cooperation with companies

- updating the ISP

- internationalisation (exchange studies, practical training abroad, internationalisation at home)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arja Keltaniemi
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Marianne Renvall
Groups
  • MLIITS21

Objective

The student can act in different learning environments and develop his/her professional competence.
Developing working life skills – towards working life
- The student can apply what he/she has learned in a work environment

- The student gives feedback through the student barometre questionnaire

ISP
- The student creates an employment and career plan

Content

Deepening the working life and study skills
- RDI/cooperatives as a part of studies

- Individual study skills

- inner entrepreneurship

- thesis

- working life skills

- development discussion

- competence paths

- practical training

- cooperation with companies

- updating the ISP

- internationalisation (exchange studies, practical training abroad, internationalisation at home)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kati Haanpää
  • Pauliina Isomäki
Groups
  • MKITIS21

Objective

The student can act in different learning environments and develop his/her professional competence.
Developing working life skills – towards working life
- The student can apply what he/she has learned in a work environment

- The student gives feedback through the student barometre questionnaire

ISP
- The student creates an employment and career plan

Content

Deepening the working life and study skills
- RDI/cooperatives as a part of studies

- Individual study skills

- inner entrepreneurship

- thesis

- working life skills

- development discussion

- competence paths

- practical training

- cooperation with companies

- updating the ISP

- internationalisation (exchange studies, practical training abroad, internationalisation at home)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Taru Kankaanpää
Groups
  • MLIISK21

Objective

The student can create a plan to complete the studies and prepare him/herself for situations in job-hunting.
Developing working life skills – towards working life
- The student can apply what he/she has learned in a work environment

- The student gives feedback through the student barometre questionnaire

ISP
- The student creates an employment and career plan

Content

Developing working life skills – towards working life
- training the use of innovative methods

- RDI/cooperatives/working life as a part of studies

- thesis as a part of studies and career planning

- entrepreneurship
- practical training
- working life skills

- cooperation with companies
ISP
- development discussion

- the graduation process

- opportunities for postgraduate studies

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kati Haanpää
  • Pauliina Isomäki
Groups
  • MKITIS21

Objective

The student can create a plan to complete the studies and prepare him/herself for situations in job-hunting.
Developing working life skills – towards working life
- The student can apply what he/she has learned in a work environment

- The student gives feedback through the student barometre questionnaire

ISP
- The student creates an employment and career plan

Content

Developing working life skills – towards working life
- training the use of innovative methods

- RDI/cooperatives/working life as a part of studies

- thesis as a part of studies and career planning

- entrepreneurship
- practical training
- working life skills

- cooperation with companies
ISP
- development discussion

- the graduation process

- opportunities for postgraduate studies

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 13.09.2023

Timing

13.09.2023 - 04.10.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • DSUTAS23
    Aim for Economy Expertise

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 03.03.2024

Timing

04.03.2024 - 30.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

60 % Contact teaching, 40 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Nicolas Le Grand
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PLIITS22BOM
    PLIITS22BOM

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- knows and understands key leadership principles and practices;
- recognizes how leaders can motivate their staff using intrinsic and extrinsic motivators
- recognizes the different ways a leader can, for example, set goals, reward and develop his/her staff

Content

- Key concepts in leadership
- Motivation, satisfaction and performance
- Power, influence and leadership
- Delegation or the art of developing others
- Conflict resolution
- Leading change
- Leader toolbox

Materials

Selection of articles to be available in Itslearning:
• Martine Haas, Mark Mortensen - Jun 2016 – The secrets of Great Teamwork
• Zak, Paul J. – Jan-Feb 2017- The Neuroscience of Trust
• Barbara Kellerman - 2007 - What every leader needs to know about followers
• Ronald J. Burke - 2006 - Why leaders fail: exploring the darkside
• D. Goleman - 2000 - Leadership That Gets Results
• Williams G. - 2002 - Change the way you persuade
• Stengel R. - 2008 - Mandela His 8 Lessons of Leadership
• Kotter P. (2007) - Leading Change Why Transformation Efforts Fail
• Herzberg,(2003), One more time, how do you motivate employees?
• McNulty E. (2002) - Welcome Aboard (But don't change a thing)

Teaching methods

Lectures, case studies analysis and workshops

Exam schedules

This course is based on assignments and there is no exam.

International connections

The student studies most of the concepts at home (individual assignments and team assignment). Important parts of the contact sessions are used to work on case studies and concrete leadership situations.

Completion alternatives

To be agreed with the teacher prior to the course start

Student workload

Contact lessons: 25h
Studying reading materials ~ 30/50h
Working on assignments and peer reviews ~ 40-60h

Content scheduling

Key concepts in Leadership
Power, influence and leadership
Delegation or the art of developing others
Leading change
Leader toolbox (rewarding, delegating, briefing/debriefing, mistake correction, sanctioning...)

Further information

70% attendance required to be able to pass the course we will do case studies and workshops in class. Priority will be given to Business Operation Management students and exchange students.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

All the components (individual assignments, peer reviews…) of this course will be graded as follow:
Fail (0pts)
Pass / Good (1pts)
Really good / Excellent (2pts)
• 3 individual assignments: 6 points maximum
• 3 peers reviews: 6 points maximum
• 1 team assignment: 4 points maximum
The points translate as follow for the final grade:
• 16-14 points = grade 5
• 13-12 points = grade 4
• 11-10 points = grade 3
• 9-8 points = grade 2
• 7 points = grade 1
• 6 points and below = fail
OBS: The two first individual assignments and the team assignment are compulsory to do to be able to pass the course. Missing a peer review is not disqualifying, it only affects negatively the final grade.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has demonstrated very limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas to others. Several parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has demonstrated limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows some difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas to others. Some parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has demonstrated good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate his/her ideas to others. Important parts of the text are clear and well written.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has demonstrated very good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate clearly his/her ideas to others in a professional way. Most of the text is clear and well written.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 28.01.2024

Timing

31.01.2024 - 28.03.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

4 op

Mode of delivery

20 % Contact teaching, 80 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Nicolas Le Grand
Groups
  • MLIITS21
  • MLIISK23
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022
  • MLIISK22

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- knows and understands key leadership principles and practices;
- recognizes how leaders can motivate their staff using intrinsic and extrinsic motivators
- recognizes the different ways a leader can, for example, set goals, reward and develop his/her staff

Content

- Key concepts in leadership
- Motivation, satisfaction and performance
- Power, influence and leadership
- Delegation or the art of developing others
- Conflict resolution
- Leading change
- Leader toolbox

Teaching methods

Lectures, case studies, flipped learning

Exam schedules

This course is based on assignment and there is no exam.

International connections

The student study most of the concepts at home (short videos, reading materials, individual assignments and peer reviews), we work on concrete leadership cases/situations in class.

Completion alternatives

Selection of articles to be available in ITS Learning:
• Martine Haas, Mark Mortensen - Jun 2016 – The secrets of Great Teamwork
• Zak, Paul J. – Jan-Feb 2017- The Neuroscience of Trust
• Barbara Kellerman - 2007 - What every leader needs to know about followers
• Ronald J. Burke - 2006 - Why leaders fail: exploring the darkside
• D. Goleman - 2000 - Leadership That Gets Results
• Williams G. - 2002 - Change the way you persuade
• Stengel R. - 2008 - Mandela His 8 Lessons of Leadership
• Kotter P. (2007) - Leading Change Why Transformation Efforts Fail
• Herzberg,(2003), One more time, how do you motivate employees?
• McNulty E. (2002) - Welcome Aboard (But don't change a thing)

Student workload

Contact lessons: 6h
Studying reading materials ~ 30/50h
Working on assignments and peer reviews ~ 40-60h

Content scheduling

Key leadership concepts, motivating and rewarding (7.2)
Leadership toolbox: Briefing and debriefing, authority and sanctioning (6.3)

Further information

Attendance for the 2 contact lessons is compulsory in order to be able to pass the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

All the components (individual assignments, peer reviews…) of this course will be graded as follow:
Fail (0pts)
Pass / Good (1pts)
Really good / Excellent (2pts)
• 3 individual assignments: 6 points maximum
• 3 peers reviews: 6 points maximum
• 1 pair assignment: 4 points maximum
The points translate as follow for the final grade:
• 16-14 points = grade 5
• 13-12 points = grade 4
• 11-10 points = grade 3
• 9-8 points = grade 2
• 7 points = grade 1
• 6 points and below = fail
OBS: The two first individual assignments and the pair assignment are compulsory to be able to pass the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has demonstrated very limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas to others. Several parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has demonstrated limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows some difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas to others. Some parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has demonstrated good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate his/her ideas to others. Important parts of the text are clear and well written.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has demonstrated very good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate clearly his/her ideas to others in a professional way. Most of the text is clear and well written.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 27.08.2023

Timing

17.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arja Keltaniemi
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

After completition of this course the student is able to
- analyse competitiors and apply new knowledge
- use different business development methods
- describe future trends
- use scenarios in business development

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 27.08.2023

Timing

17.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arja Keltaniemi
  • Marianne Renvall
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to
- apply the methods and knowledge related to business development to a real-life case

- make a project plan for product or process development with goals, steps and timetables

- use different development tools and procedures.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 23.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arja Keltaniemi
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

In this course, a service, product or process is developed with the help of agile development methods.
Having completed the course the student is able to
- apply the methods and knowledge related to business development to a real-life case
- plan and execute a development project with agile methods
- make a project plan for product or process development with goals, steps and timetables
- use active learning methods and various development tools and procedures.

Content

- Miten soveltaa teoriaa käytännön tekemiseen
- Miten hyödyntää ketteriä menetelmiä kehittämistyössä
- Miten asettaa realistisia tavoitteita
- Minkälaista viestintää kehittämistehtävä edellyttää
- Miten hyödyntää tai osallistaa asiakkaita, työyhteisöä tai muita sidosryhmiä kehittämistyössä

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 10.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 12.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marianne Renvall
Groups
  • PLIITS21mar
    PLIITS21mar

Objective

Having completed the course, the student is able to
- define the business models and operations of an enterprise
- define the role of marketing planning and leadership
- assess and utilize the immaterial and material resources in marketing

Content

- Methods of assessing the business models
- Disciplines of marketing management
- Marketing planning process
- Role of immaterial resources in marketing

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 28.08.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 12.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marianne Renvall
Groups
  • PLIITS21mar
    PLIITS21mar

Objective

Having completed the course, the student is able to
- define the business models and operations of an enterprise
- define the role of marketing planning and leadership
- assess and utilize the immaterial and material resources in marketing

Content

- Methods of assessing the business models
- Disciplines of marketing management
- Marketing planning process
- Role of immaterial resources in marketing

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 12.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Annamari Heikkilä
  • Nicolas Le Grand
  • Anniina Teittinen
  • Anniina Vainio
  • Minna Björkberg-Suominen
  • Riikka Kulmala
  • Kari Juhala
  • Krista Holopainen
  • Katja Repo
  • Jaakko Haltia
  • Heidi Kurvinen
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

The student is able to
- use the basic terminology of business administration
- interpret the interactive relationships between the organization's economic process and the interest groups and their impact on profitability
- present the main characteristics of modern marketing thinking
- give examples of issues that have an effect on buyer behaviour and explain how the marketing mix can be used to reach target segments
- compare company forms businesswise
- explain the main characteristics and functions of the Finnish legal system
- explain the legal rules of conclusion of an agreement
- apply the basic sources of legal information in problemsolving
- utilize business plan as a tool

Content

- basic concepts of business administration
- economic process of an organization
- profitability and calculation of profitability
- financing of business start
- risks and risk management
- organization and management
- company forms
- modern marketing thinking
- marketing environment
- buyer behaviour and segmentation
- marketing mix
- main characteristics, norms and sources of law in the Finnish legal system

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kosar Mahmoodi
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Alisa Pettersson
  • Hannele Mikkola
Groups
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Objective

The student can
- work actively and goal-oriented as a team member.
- use the basic terminology of business administration.
- interpret the interactive relationships between the organization's economic process and the interest groups and their impact on profitability.
- use tools to describe the business model.
- compare company forms businesswise.
- utilize business plan as a tool.
- interpret the interactions between the financial process of the organization and its stakeholders and their importance for profitability.
- describe factors affecting purchasing behavior and segmentation.
- utilize competitive means of marketing in reaching the targeted customer segments.

Content

- the basics of teamwork
- basic concepts of business administration
- sustainable and responsible business operations
- business models
- economic process of an organization
- profitability of business operations and profitability calculation
- business financing when starting a business
- business risks and risk management
- company forms
- marketing operating environment
- purchasing behavior and segmentation
- competitive means of marketing

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 31.01.2024

Timing

15.01.2024 - 24.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Henri Aho
  • Katja Repo
  • Taru Kankaanpää
  • Johanna Stenroos-Vuorio
Groups
  • MLIISK24

Objective

The student can
- work actively and goal-oriented as a team member.
- use the basic terminology of business administration.
- interpret the interactive relationships between the organization's economic process and the interest groups and their impact on profitability.
- use tools to describe the business model.
- compare company forms businesswise.
- utilize business plan as a tool.
- interpret the interactions between the financial process of the organization and its stakeholders and their importance for profitability.
- describe factors affecting purchasing behavior and segmentation.
- utilize competitive means of marketing in reaching the targeted customer segments.

Content

- the basics of teamwork
- basic concepts of business administration
- sustainable and responsible business operations
- business models
- economic process of an organization
- profitability of business operations and profitability calculation
- business financing when starting a business
- business risks and risk management
- company forms
- marketing operating environment
- purchasing behavior and segmentation
- competitive means of marketing

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 11.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pauliina Isomäki
Groups
  • MKITIS22

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to promote reading
- train and support skills in multiliteracy for various library customer groups
- plan, carry out and evaluate a social and collaborative training session

Content

- multiliteracy skills
- accessibility and simplified language
- promoting reading skills
- guidance skills

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jarmo Ahonen
Groups
  • PLIITS21mar
    PLIITS21mar

Objective

Student is able to
- plan market research
- select suitable research methods and use them
- select suitable information acquisition methods
- interpret market information, analyze market information, and interpret the results of the analysis.

Content

Research plan
Methods, tools, and information sources for market research
Interpretation, analysis, and use of market information

Location and time

Fall semester 2018, Lemminkäisenkatu, Turku.

Materials

Will be defined during the course.

Teaching methods

Lectures, exercises, and real-world marketing research project for external organization.

Exam schedules

The date of the exam will be determined during the course. There will be 1-2 exam re-takes.

International connections

Lectures, exercises and practical marketing research project.

Completion alternatives

No alternative ways.

Student workload

A marketing research project combined with the lectures and exercises. Student's effort 5cr.

Content scheduling

The basics of marketing research
- The role and uses of marketing research
- The marketing research process
- Different types of marketing research
- Surveys, their design and analysis
- The most common challenges and sources of errors in marketing research
- Analysis and reporting of results
- Practical execution of marketing research

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Activity during the course, exercises, marketing research project, and exam. The exam is 1/3, exercises and activitty 1/3, and marketing research project 1/3 of the evaluation. All parts have to be acceptably done in order to pass the course. The language, style, and structure of reports and returned answers are important part of the evaluation.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Missing parts of the course. No ability to apply the contents of the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Passed exercises, exam and project.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Better than passed exercises, exam, and project work. Ability to plan activities and utilize marketing research concepts and practices.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Shown ability to manage and apply marketing research methods.

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 11.09.2023

Timing

11.09.2023 - 03.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Riikka Kulmala
Groups
  • PLIITS21mar
    PLIITS21mar

Objective

Student is able to
- plan market research
- select suitable research methods and use them
- select suitable information acquisition methods
- interpret market information, analyze market information, and interpret the results of the analysis.

Content

Research plan
Methods, tools, and information sources for market research
Interpretation, analysis, and use of market information

Location and time

Fall semester 2018, Lemminkäisenkatu, Turku.

Materials

Course material is available in ITSlearning environment.

Teaching methods

Lectures, exercises, group work, and real-world marketing research project.

Exam schedules

The date of the exam will be determined in the end of the course.

International connections

Lectures, exercises and practical marketing research project.

Completion alternatives

No alternative ways.

Student workload

A marketing research project combined with the lectures and exercises. Student's effort 5cr.

Content scheduling

The basics of marketing research
- The role and uses of marketing research
- The marketing research process
- Different types of marketing research
- Surveys, their design and analysis
- The most common challenges and sources of errors in marketing research
- Analysis and reporting of results
- Practical execution of marketing research

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Activity during the course, exercises, marketing research project, and exam. The exam is 1/3, exercises and activitty 1/3, and marketing research project 1/3 of the evaluation. All parts have to be acceptably done in order to pass the course. The language, style, and structure of reports and returned answers are important part of the evaluation.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Missing parts of the course. No ability to apply the contents of the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Passed exercises, exam and project.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Better than passed exercises, exam, and project work. Ability to plan activities and utilize marketing research concepts and practices.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Shown ability to manage and apply marketing research methods.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 20.09.2023

Timing

12.09.2023 - 22.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Janne Granfors
  • Taru Kankaanpää
Groups
  • MLIISK22

Objective

As a result of the course, the student is able to implement the theory of leadership within the practical sales management environment. The student is able to analyze, develop and further improve marketing and sales operations.

Content

At the very beginning the students must select a target company for which an improvement plan is established focusing on marketing and sales operations.
To enable the above it is essential to first analyze the current status of the operations respectively. Thereafter a plausible future vision is established. Based on the vision (where do we want go, and why) a strategic plan is created.
The established development plan is discussed with the target company representatives, and adjusted according to the acquired feedback.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 05.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 12.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jaana Merikallio
  • Taru Kankaanpää
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

Digital Marketing:
- Student is able to utilize digital marketing as an asset in company’s marketing, and knows how to apply theory into practice.
- Student knows the key terminology and metrics.
- S/he knows the role of search engine optimization and campaigns in driving traffic to website.
- Students learn the fundamentals of Google Analytics.

Brand Management:
- Student understands the holistic 360° branding process, its content and meaning
- Student understands and can analyse the three big categories – FMCG (Fast Moving Consumer Goods), service- and b-to-b -categories

Content

- Digital marketing channels: SEO, SEM, display advertising.
- Definitions of Inbound and Outbound marketing, targeting.
- Digital campaigns and buying methods.
- Students get the Google Analytics for Beginners Certificate upon passing the exam.
- Branding process
- FMCG (Fast Moving Consumer Goods)
- Service and b-to-b brands

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 31.10.2024

Timing

01.02.2024 - 31.01.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

RDI portion

4 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Paula Savolainen
Groups
  • MLIITS21
  • MLIISK21
  • PLIITS19
  • PLIITS20
  • MLIISK19
  • MLIISK20
  • MLIITS20
  • PLIITS21
  • MLIITS19
  • MLIISK22

Objective

Student knows how
• Define a topic / development object
• Choose a suitable development or research approach and methods and justify selections
• Apply different methods of development
• Combine information from different sources
• Collect material and analyze it
• Present solutions and results and draw conclusions
• Act ethically
• Use different technologies that support development work

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 05.09.2023

Timing

28.08.2023 - 28.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marianne Renvall
  • Taru Kankaanpää
Groups
  • MLIISK22

Objective

Student:
- comprehends the core knowledge and skills of sales and marketing management (management and leadership)
- recognizes the benefits which can be achieved in sales and marketing collaboration
- is able to describe the principles of management and leadership within a chosen company
- is able to utilize different marketing strategies and tools, ie. content marketing, in converting the buyer in buyer’s journey

Content

- theories of sales and marketing management and processes
- reports the company’s current situation by interviewing sales and marketing executive(s)
- builds a content marketing plan for a chosen company

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 - 10

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marianne Renvall
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • PLIITS21mar
    PLIITS21mar
  • PMYYNS21

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to
- create and maintain connections with organizations and companies
- plan, implement and report a development project

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 10.01.2024

Timing

10.01.2024 - 08.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 - 10

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marianne Renvall
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • PMYYNS22
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to
- create and maintain connections with organizations and companies
- plan, implement and report a development project

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 04.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

16 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Annika Karppelin
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • PMMWES21

Objective

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
• explain the main principles of Revenue Management
• identify key distribution channels and their importance in the tourism, hospitality, and leisure services business
• manage personal sales work and sales negotiation situations

Content

• Principles and application of Revenue Management
• Utilizing the diversity of distribution channels as part of the company's competitiveness
• Sales management, salesmanship and sales negotiation skills

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 09.01.2024

Timing

13.02.2024 - 07.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arto Manninen
  • Marianne Renvall
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

The student:
-gets to know and describes the sales process of a chosen company
-suggests improvement in the sales process of the company (increased sales)

Content

In the development task the student:
-selects a target company
-does research about the company and describes it as well as its sales process and operations
-interviews sales responsibles of the company
-suggests intensification and practical improvement of the sales process in the company

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 08.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 260

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Mikko Niskanen
Groups
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

Student is able to
- use basic terminology related to sales and marketing
- define the factors behind the customer´s buying behavior and offer additional value to the customer
- describe the phases of the sales process and use customer-oriented practices
- understand role of sales and marketing for the business

Materials

Philip T. Kotler & Gary Armstrong: Principles of Marketing. 17th Global Edition.
Bergström, Seija & Leppänen, Arja: Yrityksen asiakasmarkkinointi. Edita.
Books are used as background material.

Other is in the ItsLearning

Teaching methods

Independent study
Familiarity with literature and other material
Contact teaching and groupworks

Exam schedules

No exam, Assessment based on group performance

International connections

Independent studies, lectures, online exercies, group works, and project based learning.

Student workload

36 hours: lections and group presentations (2x2h/week)
63 hours: studying course materials and individual planning
36 hours: Study team work

Content scheduling

Student
- knows how to use the basic concepts of sales and marketing
- can identify factors behind purchasing behavior and factors that generate value for the customer
- can describe the stages of the sales process and act customer-oriented
- outlines the role of sales and marketing in the organization's business

- 2h lecture for the entire course once a week
- 2 hours of decomposing the outputs of small groups every week in small groups

Preliminary schedule. The week number is the sequence number of the work week of the course, not the calendar week. The course may be scheduled anywhere during the spring, the schedule planners decide. The dates in the Timing section may change as the schedules are completed.

Lectures: Group work:
1) Start. None
Product
2) PESTLE Presentation: Group product
3) Customer Presentation: PESTLE
4) Distribution Presentation: Customer
5) Pricing Presentation: Distribution
6) Communication Presentation: Pricing
7) Sales Presentation: Communication
8) Budget + plan Presentation: Sales
9) No lecture, guidance in writing the plan. Presentations of marketing campaigns
10) No lecture. Return of marketing plans to Its

Further information

The course is implemented on campus. The classes marked in the reading schedule are contact teaching on campus, unless otherwise specifically instructed. Lessons or group work cannot be attended remotely and are not recorded. Student groups can also organize their own meetings online.

The course prepares a marketing campaign plan for the selected product. Each small group has a different product.

Each week there is a common lecture on one topic for everyone (See "Content and timing")
The following week, the small groups will present a part of this topic related to their own product (PowerPoint presentation, return to Its and presentation in group work class).
During the following week, the small groups write the corresponding chapter in their marketing plan (MS Word) based on the presentation and the comments received from it, and return it to Its.
At the end of the course, a final marketing plan is compiled from these plans and presented.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Presentations of group works:
The whole group must be involved in presenting the work, i.e. group work hours are mandatory. 1 absence/student is allowed without penalty or explanation. After that, each absence without an acceptable reason lowers the grade by one digit. 4 or more absences will cause the course to be failed.

Absences are acceptable due to illness, a child's illness or another compelling reason. The reason for the absence must be verified to the teacher. Working or participating in other education is not an acceptable reason.

Everyone must make an equal contribution to doing the work. If a member of the group does not participate in the work, the group must report the matter to the teacher, who will clarify the matter by discussing it with the group. If the student has not participated in the individual group work at all without an acceptable reason, the group must omit his name from the return of the group work. This also means that the course will be failed for the student.

Group work presentations are evaluated on a scale of 0 (Rejected), 1-5. As a rule, the whole group gets the same grade.
Group work plans are evaluated as Pass/Fail. All must be returned with approval.

The whole plan (return in the last week) is rated 0 (Rejected), 1-5. A rejected plan means the entire course is failed. As a rule, the whole group gets the same grade,

The average of the grades of group work presentations constitutes 60% of the grade of the entire course.
The grade of the entire plan constitutes 40% of the grade of the entire course.
As a general rule, the whole group gets the same grade, but if necessary, the matter can be discussed with the teacher, if this is deemed necessary.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The work is completely incomplete or incorrect

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Things were dealt with in a concise, list-based way and did not fully care about the task
Contradiction and inconsistency
Totally incomplete reasoning

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The main content was raised somewhat well
Little or no irrelevant material
There is no noticeable personal reflection on things
There is little justification
Written work clear

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Important main content presented very comprehensively
The matter has been described and evaluated from several different points of view, making very extensive use of existing source material
Presented reflections, arguments, own views and conclusions in a very rich, comprehensive and consistent way
Written work very clear and logical

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 130

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jaakko Haltia
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G

Objective

Student is able to
- use basic terminology related to sales and marketing
- define the factors behind the customer´s buying behavior and offer additional value to the customer
- describe the phases of the sales process and use customer-oriented practices
- understand role of sales and marketing for the business

Teaching methods

Independent study
Familiarity with literature and other material
Online teaching
Contact teaching
small group working

International connections

Independent studies, lectures, online exercies, group works, and project based learning.

Content scheduling

Student is able to
- use basic terminology related to sales and marketing
- define the factors behind the customer´s buying behavior and offer additional value to the customer
- describe the phases of the sales process and use customer-oriented practices
- understand role of sales and marketing for the business

The timing will be confirmed when the schedules are completed, but tentatively
- 2h for the whole group once a week, for 9 weeks
- 2h of group presentations in small groups 3-4 times during study

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Each group work is assessed on a scale of 0, 1-5 or H
Arviointiasteikko H-5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The work is completely incomplete or incorrect

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Things were dealt with in a concise, list-based way and did not fully care about the task
Contradiction and inconsistency
Totally incomplete reasoning

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The main content was raised somewhat well
Little or no irrelevant material
There is no noticeable personal reflection on things
There is little justification
Written work clear

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Important main content presented very comprehensively
The matter has been described and evaluated from several different points of view, making very extensive use of existing source material
Presented reflections, arguments, own views and conclusions in a very rich, comprehensive and consistent way
Written work very clear and logical

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 - 10

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marianne Renvall
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • PLIITS21mar
    PLIITS21mar
  • PMYYNS21

Objective

Student is able to
- manage the working of sales and marketing teams
- manage sales and marketing processes
- analyze challenges related to sales management and to take required actions
- lead and coach salespeople
- evaluate and develop salespeople and sales functions

Content

.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.11.2023 - 30.11.2023

Timing

01.12.2023 - 30.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 - 10

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marianne Renvall
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • PMYYNS22
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR

Objective

Student is able to
- manage the working of sales and marketing teams
- manage sales and marketing processes
- analyze challenges related to sales management and to take required actions
- lead and coach salespeople
- evaluate and develop salespeople and sales functions

Content

.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arto Manninen
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

After completing the course, the student is able:
- to explain the role of personal selling and how professional salespeople are behaving
- to execute the different stages of the sales process in an effective and customer-oriented way
- to analyze buying behavior and buying processes
- to use appropriate sales models and sales skills in different sales situations and during the different stages of the relationship
- to create long-term customer relationships in B2B context from the value creation perspective

Content

Lectures, reflections individually or in teams. The given tasks will be based on Castleberry & Tanner: "Selling, building partnerships". Tasks will include individual reading, team discussions sharing individual thoughts, reflection in ppt format, which is there after presented during the class by each team respectively.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.09.2023 - 03.09.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

20 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Library and Information Services
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arja Keltaniemi
  • Riikka Kulmala
Groups
  • MLIITS21

Objective

The student
- is able to realize a Bachelor's thesis project, which develops work life, is firmly based on science and knowledge from previous corresponding tasks, has a clearly defined development/research problem, and a relevant research/development methodology for the problem
- manifests critical and analytical thinking and ability reflect on one's own actions
- is able to create a synthesis and evaluate the validity when choosing and utilizing literature and previous research
- has the capacity to manage own activity and the research/development project
- is able to write the thesis report in accordance with the Turku University of Applied Sciences instructions for Bachelor's thesis

Content

- carrying out the development or research project, and reporting about it
- seminars and/or session with thesis supervisor
- maturity test

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pia Lindgren
  • Taru Kankaanpää
Groups
  • PLIISS21

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Saara Tikkanen
  • Päivi Killström
  • Pia Lindgren
  • Riikka Kulmala
  • Kari Juhala
  • Katja Repo
  • Jarmo Ahonen
  • Taru Kankaanpää
  • Pia Lindman
  • Jari Leppihalme
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Anne-Marie Jünger
  • Kai Schleutker
  • Jaana Merikallio
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Sanna Merisalo
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Janne Granfors
Groups
  • PLIITS20mar
    PLIITS20mar
  • PLIITS20
  • PLIISS20
  • PMYYNS20
  • PLIITS20ba
    PLIITS20ba
  • PLIITS20MWL
    PLIITS20MWL
  • PLIITS20taha
    PLIITS20taha

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

15.08.2023 - 15.11.2023

Timing

19.09.2023 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Saara Tikkanen
  • Annika Karppelin
  • Pia Lindgren
  • Päivi Killström
  • Riikka Kulmala
  • Kari Juhala
  • Susanna Saari
  • Katja Repo
  • Jarmo Ahonen
  • Taru Kankaanpää
  • Pia Lindman
  • Jari Leppihalme
  • Telle Tuominen
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Anne-Marie Jünger
  • Jaana Merikallio
  • Sanna Merisalo
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • PLIISS21
  • PLIITS21mar
    PLIITS21mar
  • PLIITS21taha
    PLIITS21taha
  • PMMWES21
  • PLIITS21ba
    PLIITS21ba

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

12.08.2023 - 10.09.2023

Timing

11.09.2023 - 24.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kai Schleutker
  • Anne-Marie Jünger
  • Katariina Pajuranta
  • Timo Holopainen
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • PMYYNS21

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 08.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Päivi Killström
  • Kari Juhala
Teacher in charge

Päivi Killström

Groups
  • PLIITS21ba
    PLIITS21ba

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 04.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 05.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • PLIITS22TAHA
    PLIITS22TAHA

Objective

The student learns to deal with different payroll functions and regulations. He/she gets skills to manage the tasks of payroll administration. The student also learns to use payroll software.

Content

- Payroll laws, regulations and collective agreements
- Different pay systems
- Taxes and other deductions from the salary
- Overtime and holiday pay
- Fringe benefits
- Tax-exempt allowances
- Payables and reporting
- Payroll software

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • DSUTAS23
    Aim for Economy Expertise

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 29.01.2024

Timing

22.01.2024 - 19.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • MLIISK23
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022
  • MLIISK22

Objective

Student is familiar with the obligations related to work contracts. She/he can apply employment laws in practice. She/he is familiar with the information sources needed in payroll management and knows how to use them.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

15.01.2024 - 30.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arja Keltaniemi
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to
- understand the philosophy behind agile methodology
- define how tools in service and product development can be utilized
- involve stakeholders into a development project
- use action learning and development tools in the development project

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 27.08.2023

Timing

17.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arja Keltaniemi
  • Marianne Renvall
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

In this coursecustomer and future oriented product, service or process concepts are created.
Having copmpleted the course the studentis able to
- use different innovationmethods
- gather customer needs
- develop an idea into a concept.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 01.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kati Haanpää
Groups
  • MKITIS22

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to
- describe pedagogical theories
- recognize and use some pedagogical methods
- understand basic presentation skills
- recognize different customer groups in a guidance situation
- plan, implement and evaluate a guidance situation

Content

- pedagogic theories and methods
- presentation skills
- basic guidance skills

Evaluation scale

H-5

Timing

01.08.2023 - 28.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Saara Tikkanen
  • Anne-Marie Jünger
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
  • Anniina Teittinen
  • Kari Juhala
  • Katja Repo
  • Johanna Stenroos-Vuorio
  • Jari Leppihalme
Groups
  • PLIITS22
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA
  • PLIITS22BOM
    PLIITS22BOM
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR
  • PLIITS22TAHA
    PLIITS22TAHA

Objective

Student can
- set professional goals
- assist business experts and describe the typical tasks in business field
- take feedback and evaluate the development of his/her competences

Content

Practical Training as internship

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.12.2024

Timing

01.12.2023 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Taru Kankaanpää
  • Alisa Pettersson
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

Opintojakson tavoitteena on tukea opiskelijan ammatillista kehittymistä. Opiskelija määrittelee kehittämistavoitteensa harjoittelulle ja arvioi olemassa olevaa osaamistaan kehittämistavoitteiden mukaisesti. Harjoittelun osaamisalueina ovat yritys – ja liiketoimintaympäristö asiakasosaamisineen.
Opintojakson suoritettuaan opiskelija
- osaa määritellä kehittämistavoitteensa harjoittelulle
- osaa raportoida ja arvioida osaamistaan kehittämistavoitteiden mukaisesti
- osaa toimia yritys – ja liiketoimintaympäristöissä asiakaslähtöisesti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

29.04.2023 - 28.05.2023

Timing

19.09.2023 - 30.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anne-Marie Jünger
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • PMYYNS22

Objective

Student can
- set professional goals
- assist business experts and describe the typical tasks in business field
- take feedback and evaluate the development of his/her competences

Content

Practical Training as internship

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.11.2023 - 02.11.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kosar Mahmoodi
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Alisa Pettersson
Groups
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 30.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Annika Karppelin
  • Susanna Saari
  • Telle Tuominen
Groups
  • PMMWES21

Objective

Student can
- set professional goals
- assist business experts and describe the typical tasks in business field
- take feedback and evaluate the development of his/her competences

Content

Practical Training as internship

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

25.04.2024 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Saara Tikkanen
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Jaana Merikallio
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Janne Granfors
  • Päivi Killström
  • Katja Repo
  • Pia Lindman
  • Johanna Stenroos-Vuorio
  • Jari Leppihalme
Groups
  • PLIITS23BOM
  • PLIITS23TAHA
  • PLIITS23BA

Objective

Student can
- set professional goals
- assist business experts and describe the typical tasks in business field
- take feedback and evaluate the development of his/her competences

Content

Practical Training as internship

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 31.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jari Leppihalme
Groups
  • PLIITS21taha
    PLIITS21taha

Objective

The student:
- gets a comprehensive view of the financial management in SMEs
- utilises information systems in business
- plans, analyses and reports the performance of a business

Content

- financial management processes and procedures
- financial and materials management information systems
- applying business intelligence in decision making

Content scheduling

Financial management processes and procedures
Financial and materials management information systems
Applying business intelligence in decision making

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

05.08.2023 - 03.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

Student manages the project planning i.e planning, budgeting and resource allocation in practice and can lead a small-scale project. Student can also set a motivating goal for the team and lead the team to reach the goal. Student is able to use project management tools and tools for project communication.

Content

Planning and managing a practical project. Attending the training sessions and reading circles. Making a personal learning portfolio. Develepment discussions with the coach. Reading literature and keeping up with the latest business news.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 05.09.2023

Timing

05.09.2023 - 05.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 20

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Mikko Niskanen
Groups
  • AVORAK23
    Business studies for those receiving temporary protection

Objective

Student is able to
- use basic terminology related to sales and marketing
- define the factors behind the customer´s buying behavior and offer additional value to the customer
- describe the phases of the sales process and use customer-oriented practices
- understand role of sales and marketing for the business

Materials

In ItsLearning

Teaching methods

Contact learning, reading and writing short essays

Exam schedules

No exam

Student workload

Course 5 cr = 134 hr

- Contact learning 9 x 2 hr = 18 hr
- Reading and individual work (writing) 116 hr

Content scheduling

Preliminary schedule, subject to changes
This course is intended to the students of the AVORAK23-group. Others are allowed to participate, if there are free places on the course after the AVORAK23 -students have been enrolled (maximum amount of students is 20). The additional students are accepted in the order of their enrollment.

5.9.23 Customers
12.9.23 Marketing environment. Environment levels.
19.9.23 PESTLE analysis
3.10.23 4P & Marketing mix. Product and product development
24.10.23 Place: Diversified, centralized, intense, selective or exclusive distribution channel, vertical and horizontal integration, assortment and selection,
7.11.23 Pricing
21.11.23 Promotion: Sales promotion and Public relations
28.11.23 Advertising
5.12.23 Sales
12.12.2023 End of course

Further information

ItsLearning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

This is preliminary - the structure of the course will be determined only on autumn, when the participants have been confirmed, and thus also this may change!

The grade will be given based on four (4) short essays.

Each essay will be evaluated 0, 1-5. All essays must be accepted in order to pass the course.
The final grade will be the average of the essay grades plus/minus the following:

Student, who has participated all lectures, gets +1 in final evaluation
Student, who has 2 or 3 missed lectures, gets -1 in final evaluation
4 or more missed lectures= failed course

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has demonstrated very limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Several parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has demonstrated limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows some difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Some parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has demonstrated good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Important parts of the text are clear and well written.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has demonstrated very good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course. The student shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content. The student demonstrates very good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate clearly his/her ideas in writing to the reader in a professional way. Most of the text is clear and well written.

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 29.01.2024

Timing

15.01.2024 - 31.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Sanna Merisalo
Groups
  • PBUADS23

Objective

Student is able to
- use basic terminology related to sales and marketing
- define the factors behind the customer´s buying behavior and offer additional value to the customer
- describe the phases of the sales process and use customer-oriented practices
- understand role of sales and marketing for the business

Materials

Philip T. Kotler & Gary Armstrong: Principles of Marketing. 17th Global Edition

W. Chan Kim and Renee Mauborgne: Blue Ocean Strategy, Expanded Edition : How to Create Uncontested Market Space and Make the Competition Irrelevant.

Other course materials, teacher provides information in the beginning of course.

Materials provided by teacher.

Teaching methods

Active participation to contact lessons
Active participation to group work
Team working skills
Presentations
Analysis and writing a report
Individual assignments
Learning diary

Exam schedules

No exam

International connections

Learning in teams in interaction with others
Individual studying and information search
Self and peer evaluation

N.B. Attendance to onsite teaching is mandatory.

Completion alternatives

N/A

Student workload

- Contact lessons
- Learning circles & teamwork meetings
- Pre-assignment
- Group work
- Individual work

Altogether 135 hours of student work.

Content scheduling

The course begins with a pre-assignment, which has to be returned to Itslearning by 5th February. Teachers will send by e-mail detailed information about the pre-assignment in the beginning of January.

Onsite teaching begins on 6th February.

The course consists of:
- onsite teaching
- group work
- individual work.

Further information

Contact the teachers by email (sanna.merisalo@turkuamk.fi) & & Maria Välivirta Havia (maria.valivirtahavia@turkuamk.fi)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment is based on:

- Group assignment 50%
- Learning diary 25%
- Individual assignment 25%

All course assignments have to be completed by the end of the course in order to pass the course

N.B. Active/passive participation during classes can influence the course grade

The assessment criteria for each assignment can be found in Itslearning together with the assignment's instructions.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student has not returned all the required assignments.
The returned assignments are incomplete, and do not meet the minimum requirements.
Argumentation is superficial and it is not based on sources.
The used language, structure, style and content of the assignments and group work is weak.
The student has not attended the required number of meetings.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The assignments and group work present results, but there is a lack of knowledge and factual base. The outputs are superficial, and the argumentation is weak.
Used language, structure, style and content of the assignments and group work are moderate.
Student has used only a few sources.
Student has been present in the onsite teaching and meetings but has not participated actively.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has a good understanding of the topics taught on the course, and this is shown in the assignments and group work. Argumentation is good and it is based on several sources. The used language, structure and style of the outputs is good, and the used sources are marked correctly. The outputs contain also student’s own views and conclusions.

Student has been present in the onsite teaching and meetings, and s/he has participated actively.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has a profound understanding of the topics taught on the course, which is shown in the assignments and group work. Argumentation is very good and it is based on several sources. The presented reflections and student’s own views and conclusions are rich, comprehensive and consistent. The used language, structure and style of the outputs is excellent, and the used sources are marked correctly.
The student has been present in the onsite teaching and meetings, and s/he has participated actively presenting her/his own ideas

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 03.11.2023

Timing

24.10.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

15 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Janne Granfors
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PLIITS22BOM
    PLIITS22BOM

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to
- explain the principles of user-centric service design
- describe the process of service design
- use the methods of service design
- carry out a service design project

Content

- Principles and processes of service design
- Methods of service design
- User-centric service planning

Materials

Literature:

- Polaine, A., Løvlie, L. & Reason, B. 2013. Service design: from insight to implementation. Brooklyn, NY: Rosenfeld Media.

- Morelli, N., de Götzen, A. & Simeone, L. 2021. Service Design Capabilities. Cham, Switzerland. Springer Series in Design and Innovation.

- Stickdorn, M., Hormess, M.E., Lawrence, A., Schneider, J. 2018. This Is Service Design Doing: Applying Service Design Thinking in the Real World. O'Reilly Media. (www.thisisservicedesigndoing.com)

Lecture materials shared by the teacher

Articles

Teaching methods

Lectures
Individual assignments
Group work
Workshops
Project work
Presentations
Guest speakers
Self- and peer evaluation

Exam schedules

There is no exam.

International connections

Innovation pedagogy
Group work
Project work

Completion alternatives

None.

Student workload

The course is 5 ECTS of which corresponds to 135 working hours.

Division of workload:
Contact lessons: 21 h
Distant studies: 114 h
- Service design project: 100 h
- Individual assignments: 12 h
- Self- and peer evaluations: 2 h

Content scheduling

The course starts on 27 October 2023 and ends on 15 December 2023.

Content of the study unit:
- Service design concept and terminology
- Principles and processes of service design
- Methods and tools of service design

Further information

Itslearning and email.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The study unit is assessed on scale 0-5.

The following, weighted components affect the grade:
- Individual assignments (pre-task, individual task, presentations) 40 %
- Group work (project assignment) 60 %

Returning the assignments on time affects the grade.

Aiming at professional work, the comprehensiveness, and the consideration of customer orientation, is assessed in both individual and group work.

Self- and peer assessments affect to the grade, too.

Attendance activity can raise or lower the grade.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not returned individual assignments and/or has not been participating to group work.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student demonstrates mastery of the minimum skills required to complete the tasks, but there are significant gaps in skills or several tasks remain unreturned. Satisfactory application of theory and methodology. Moderate communication and documentation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The individual tasks are well done and clearly presented. The student demonstrates a high level of mastery of the skills required to complete the tasks. Good level of application of theory and methodology. Good communication and documentation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The individual tasks have several notable merits, taking into account the assessment criteria. All assignments have been returned on time. Excellent application of theory and methodology, as well as communication and documentation.

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 11.01.2024

Timing

11.01.2024 - 07.03.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Janne Granfors
Groups
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR

Objective

After completing the course the student is able to
- explain the principles of user-centric service design
- describe the process of service design
- use the methods of service design
- carry out a service design project

Content

- Principles and processes of service design
- Methods of service design
- User-centric service planning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

05.08.2023 - 30.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Sami Nummela

Objective

Students are able to evaluate current investment opportunities. Students are able to obtain investment information and utilize this information for successful investment.

Content

Students familiarize themselves with current investment opportunities, such as publicly listed stocks, current IPOs or unlisted stocks, mutual funds (such as index and ETF funds) and real estate investing. Investment related returns, expenses and risks.

Materials

Will be defined at the beginning of the course.

Teaching methods

Online learning. Course task based learning.

Exam schedules

Will be defined at the beginning of the course.

International connections

Innopeda, which is based on experiments, sharing of information and knowledge as well as combining different view points.

Completion alternatives

Literature exam, in case that there is difficulty to do the course tasks, for example for timing (scheduling) reasons.

Student workload

Besides the course meetings, study literature will be defined in the beginning of the course.

Content scheduling

Students are able to evaluate current investment opportunities. Students are able to obtain investment information and utilize this information for successful investment.

Students familiarize themselves with current investment opportunities, such as publicly listed stocks, current IPOs or unlisted stocks, mutual funds (such as index and ETF funds) and real estate investing. Investment related returns, expenses and risks.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Course tasks and study journal.

Enrollment

01.04.2024 - 03.05.2024

Timing

06.05.2024 - 12.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Sami Nummela
Groups
  • VAVA2324

Objective

Students are able to evaluate current investment opportunities. Students are able to obtain investment information and utilize this information for successful investment.

Content

Students familiarize themselves with current investment opportunities, such as publicly listed stocks, current IPOs or unlisted stocks, mutual funds (such as index and ETF funds) and real estate investing. Investment related returns, expenses and risks.

Teaching methods

Online learning. Course task based learning.

Exam schedules

Will be defined at the beginning of the course.

International connections

Innopeda.

Student workload

Besides the course meetings, study literature will be defined in the beginning of the course.

Content scheduling

Students are able to evaluate current investment opportunities. Students are able to obtain investment information and utilize this information for successful investment.

Students familiarize themselves with current investment opportunities, such as publicly listed stocks, current IPOs or unlisted stocks, mutual funds (such as index and ETF funds) and real estate investing. Investment related returns, expenses and risks.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 12.03.2024

Timing

12.03.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Janne Granfors
Groups
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 11.09.2023

Timing

11.09.2023 - 20.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jaana Merikallio
  • Janne Granfors
Groups
  • MLIISK22

Objective

After completing the course, the student:
- knows what content marketing is and what its benefits are.
- will be able to create a content marketing strategy and plan for a company.
- can create relevant content and gain visibility for it.
- knows how to plan and implement a social media campaign.

Content

- basics of content marketing
- creating a content strategy and content plan
- creating a search engine optimized blog post
- use of social media as part of content marketing
- video marketing

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 11.09.2023

Timing

22.08.2023 - 14.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Riia Lamminmäki
Groups
  • AVORAK23
    Business studies for those receiving temporary protection

Teaching methods

When you also use Finnish outside of class, your language skills will increase and strengthen. Activity in your doing of the weekly exercises will lead you to a powerful basement of Finnish.

Exam schedules

You can find the deadlines for the weekly assignments in Itslearning. Assignments have to be completed during the course.

International connections

Meetings, working independently on itslearning platform, group work, pair work.

When learning, Finnish is preferred as soon as possible to use learned sentences and phrases.

Student workload

Totally 135 h of work for the student

Meetings, working independently on Itslearning platform, group work, pair work.

Content scheduling

After the course
- your pronunciation is understandable
- you will be able to understand short messages, simple speech and follow the discussion about your own life and family plans
- you can distinguish between topic changes in TV news
- you know how to start and end a short dialogue
- you will master basic vocabulary and many key structures (such as past forms and conjunctions).
- you will understand the main ideas of short texts and some details of a couple of paragraphs of text based on the context
- you are able to write short, simple messages, which can be personal letters, notes and e-mails related to everyday situations,
- you can use specific vocabulary related to basic needs, basic time formats and simple conjunctions (and,
but) connected parallel sentences.

Participation in the course requires at least A1 proficiency in Finnish.

Further information

The platform Itslearning
During the course will be used Finnish as much as possible, but also the L1:s of the group members and English will be invited to the discussions.

riia.lamminmaki@turkuamk.fi

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 30.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 56

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Emmanuel Querrec
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PLIITS22BOM
    PLIITS22BOM

Objective

The course provides the student with understanding of the key building elements in sustainable development and corporate social responsibility strategy planning and implementation.

On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
- Critically relate to the notion of sustainable development (SD) through its human, social, economic and environmental aspects
- Understand and recognize the complexity of SD in the societal and entrepreneurial context
- Define the main elements of a company’s Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
- Critically relate to a CSR Strategy and its impact towards direct and indirect stakeholders

Content

Understanding the environment: the planet, the society, the community, the business
The pillars of sustainable development (SD): the 17 SDG’s and models for SD
Planning a SD strategy for a business
Implementing the SD strategy for a business
The Meaning and Importance of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
The Role of Stakeholders in CSR
The Strategic Importance of CSR Implementation

Materials

Developing Corporate Social Responsibility: The Essential Guide For Expanding Your CSR Efforts Paperback – November 12, 2021 by Elmer Elter

Teaching methods

The course provides the student with understanding of the key building elements in sustainable development and corporate social responsibility strategy planning and implementation.

On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
- Critically relate to the notion of sustainable development (SD) through its human, social, economic and environmental aspects
- Understand and recognize the complexity of SD in the societal and entrepreneurial context
- Define the main elements of a company’s Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
- Critically relate to a CSR Strategy and its impact towards direct and indirect stakeholders.

The student learns to work in a goal-oriented manner, acquire knowledge independently from different sources and reflect on previous experiences.
The student also learns to work in groups participating in the solution-making process in different roles. Group work improves social interaction skills and problem-solving skills.

International connections

In this course we are utilizing PBL (problem based learning) method. PBL is a student-centered approach in which students learn about a subject by working in groups to solve an open-ended problem. Students must identify the needed information. They learn the information and apply it to solve the problem.

Student workload

This course equals to 5 ECTS.
A weekly session is organised to provide knowledge and guidance for the completion of assignments.

Content scheduling

Contents:
- Understanding the environment: the planet, the society, the community, the business
- The pillars of sustainable development (SD): the 17 SDG’s and models for SD
- Planning a SD strategy for a business
- Implementing the SD strategy for a business
- The Meaning and Importance of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
- The Role of Stakeholders in CSR
- The Strategic Importance of CSR Implementation

Contact lessons plan will be found in Peppi (Tuudo, Outlook calendar. See detailed schedule from lukkari.turkuamk.fi)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Course assessment (final grade; scale 1-5) is based on the performance in the course assignments and tasks.
Course assignments and tasks relates to sections of the course.
Course assignments and tasks are each valued with a number of points relatively to the difficulty of the assignment/task.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student fails to show capability in understanding the principles of Sustainable Development (SD). The student fails to show capability in understanding the principles of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR).

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has understood the theoretical and practical aspects of Sustainable Development (SD). The student is able to share his/her perspective on a SD issue, to articulate the trade-offs in making SD related decisions within context.
The student has understood the theoretical and practical aspects of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), he/she is able to define a CSR strategy.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student demonstrates capability to a use a holistic approach, which seeks integrative thinking and practice related to SD issues. The student demonstrates capability to develop a sound CSR strategy in line with company vision, mission and values.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student demonstrates capability to envision change, explore alternative futures, learn from the past and inspire engagement in the present. Through reflecting in SD and CSR solutions, the student is able to aim at achieving societal transformation, which serves to change in the way people engage towards SD, as well as contributing to company CSR policy.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 06.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Vainio
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Content scheduling

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Autumn 2023

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 18.01.2024

Timing

11.01.2024 - 23.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Vainio
Groups
  • MLIITS23B
    MLIITS23B
  • MLIITS23A
    MLIITS23A
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 18.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 26.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Minna Björkberg-Suominen
Groups
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 07.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Vainio
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 10.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 05.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 100

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Teittinen
  • Anniina Vainio
Groups
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 29.02.2024

Timing

29.02.2024 - 16.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 25

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Library and Information Services
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Teittinen
  • Jaana Kaartovuori
Groups
  • MKITIS23

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 06.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Vainio
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

   The student can communicate in writing in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Content scheduling

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Autumn 2023

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 18.01.2024

Timing

11.01.2024 - 23.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Vainio
Groups
  • MLIITS23B
    MLIITS23B
  • MLIITS23A
    MLIITS23A
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Objective

   The student can communicate in writing in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 18.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 27.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Minna Björkberg-Suominen
Groups
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

   The student can communicate in writing in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 17.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 07.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Vainio
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G

Objective

   The student can communicate in writing in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 10.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 05.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

20 - 100

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Teittinen
  • Anniina Vainio
Groups
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A

Objective

   The student can communicate in writing in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 29.02.2024

Timing

29.02.2024 - 16.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Virtual portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 25

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Library and Information Services
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anniina Teittinen
  • Jaana Kaartovuori
Groups
  • MKITIS23

Objective

   The student can communicate in writing in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.01.2023 - 02.01.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arja Keltaniemi
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Marianne Renvall
Groups
  • MLIITS21

Objective

Opintojakson tavoitteena on syventää opiskelijan ammatillista osaamista. Harjoittelussa perehdytään kokonaisvaltaisesti yritystoiminnan kehittämiseen ja johtamiseen. 

Opintojakson suoritettuaan opiskelija osaa
- osaa määritellä kehittämistavoitteensa harjoittelulle
- osaa raportoida ja arvioida osaamistaan kehittämistavoitteiden mukaisesti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

25.04.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arja Keltaniemi
  • Pia Lindman
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

Opintojakson tavoitteena on syventää opiskelijan ammatillista osaamista. Harjoittelussa perehdytään kokonaisvaltaisesti yritystoiminnan kehittämiseen ja johtamiseen. 

Opintojakson suoritettuaan opiskelija osaa
- osaa määritellä kehittämistavoitteensa harjoittelulle
- osaa raportoida ja arvioida osaamistaan kehittämistavoitteiden mukaisesti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.01.2024 - 31.01.2024

Timing

21.03.2024 - 13.06.2026

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Taru Kankaanpää
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

Opintojakson tavoitteena on syventää opiskelijan ammatillista osaamista. Harjoittelussa perehdytään kokonaisvaltaisesti yritystoiminnan kehittämiseen ja johtamiseen. 

Opintojakson suoritettuaan opiskelija osaa
- osaa määritellä kehittämistavoitteensa harjoittelulle
- osaa raportoida ja arvioida osaamistaan kehittämistavoitteiden mukaisesti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 05.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Library and Information Services
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jari Leppihalme
Groups
  • MKITIS23

Objective

Opiskelija perehtyyjohdon laskentatoimeen ja sen tehtäviin. Hänellä on perusvalmiudet tuottaa ja hyödyntää laskentainformaatiota. Opiskelija saavuttaa valmiuden osallistua yrityksen päätöksentekoa tukevien laskentajärjestelmien käyttämiseen ja kehittämiseen.

Content

- Sisäinen/ulkoinen laskentatoimi
- Johdon laskentatoimen perusongelmat ja laskentatoimen systematiikka
- Yrityksen talousprosessin peruskäsitteet
- Katetuottolaskennan perusteet ja hyväksikäyttö
- Yrityksen taloudellisuus ja kannattavuus
- Budjetoinnin perusteet

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 12.02.2024

Timing

31.01.2024 - 07.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pinja Palm
Groups
  • MLIISK24

Objective

The student is able to
- make calculations of a company's day-to-day operations using Excel
- estimate the true cost of different funding options
- present the results in a clear and proper way.

Content

- percentage, Simple and Compound Interest
- financing options
- investment calculations
- using Excel for editing, analyzing and presenting data

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

08.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pinja Palm
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

The student is able to
- make calculations of a company's day-to-day operations using Excel
- estimate the true cost of different funding options
- present the results in a clear and proper way.

Content

- percentage, Simple and Compound Interest
- financing options
- investment calculations
- using Excel for editing, analyzing and presenting data

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 02.02.2024

Timing

02.02.2024 - 31.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • MLIITS23B
    MLIITS23B
  • MLIITS23A
    MLIITS23A
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Objective

After completion of the study unit the student is able to
- complete an accounting period for a small company by using accounting software
- calculate value-added tax and the amount of employer's contributions in the monthly bookkeeping
- calculate the company's taxable income based on bookkeeping
- calculate payable taxation for the employee
- read and analyze financial statement reports

Content

- accounting rules/principles
- payroll accounting
- value-added tax
- information on employer's contributions and value-added tax to the authorities
- accounting deferrals and financial statement
- basics of direct taxation
- analysis of financial statement reports

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 12.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 27.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Katja Repo
  • Pia Lindman
  • Jari Leppihalme
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

After completion of the study unit the student is able to
- complete an accounting period for a small company by using accounting software
- calculate value-added tax and the amount of employer's contributions in the monthly bookkeeping
- calculate the company's taxable income based on bookkeeping
- calculate payable taxation for the employee
- read and analyze financial statement reports

Content

- accounting rules/principles
- payroll accounting
- value-added tax
- information on employer's contributions and value-added tax to the authorities
- accounting deferrals and financial statement
- basics of direct taxation
- analysis of financial statement reports

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 08.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kati Haanpää
Groups
  • MKITIS21

Objective

Student
- is able to create ideas for events in library
- understands the phases and success factors of event production
- is able to make a realistic plan
- is able to organize an event and work as part of a team
- is able to market an event

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 28.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pauliina Isomäki
Groups
  • MKITIS22

Objective

Having completed the course, the student is able to
- carry out advanced information retrieval
- critically evaluate information sources
- identify open science practices
- describe concepts and methods of information science

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 10.03.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

Student can together with others develop a functional organisation for his/her team and manage the co-operative towards the vision according to the set goals. Student realizes the meaning and requirements of self-managing. Student can apply suitable management theories into various sitiations.

Content

- goal-oriented managment toward the visio
- acknowledging personal strengths and challenges as a leader/manager, developing personal managershio/leadership
- management theories and applying them in the team

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 01.09.2023

Timing

14.08.2023 - 01.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Pia Lindman
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

The student is able to
- prepare financial statements and consider the flexibility in closing the books
- prepare consolidated financial statements according to Finnish Accounting Standards
- solve special features of value-added taxation
- create cash flow statements
- analyze financial statements of a company
- calculate and interpret financial key figures
- make conclusions of the financial situation of a company

Content

- financial statements
- flexibility in closing the books; depreciation difference, reserves, revaluation of assets
- practical aspects of VAT
- consolidated balance sheet and income statement
- cash flow statement
- financial analysis as a tool for planning and controlling
- the key ratios of profitability, liquidity and solvency
- deducing from the key ratios

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pia Lindman
Groups
  • DSUTAS23
    Aim for Economy Expertise

Content scheduling

- financial statements
- flexibility items in the financial statements; depreciation, provisions and reserves, revaluation
- valuation and recognition policies for inventories
- practical VAT situations
- profitability, solvency and liquidity ratios
- interpretation of ratios and drawing conclusions

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 11.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 17.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pia Lindman
Groups
  • PLIITS22TAHA
    PLIITS22TAHA

Objective

The student
- can prepare financial statements and consider the flexibility in closing the books
- can solve special features of value added taxation
- can calculate the amount of taxable income for different forms of enterprises
- can plan and calculate taxes from the perspective of the owner

Content

- financial statements
- flexibility in closing the books; depreciation difference, reserves, revaluation of assets
- practical aspects of VAT
- consolidated balance sheet and income statement
- cash flow statement

Content scheduling

- flexibility in financial statements; depreciation difference, provisions, revaluation
- current assets, inventories
- VAT in practise
- Taxation

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 07.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 03.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Katja Repo
Groups
  • PLIITS22TAHA
    PLIITS22TAHA

Objective

Student is able to
- do the bookkeeping and financial statements for a small company using accounting software
- calculate the periodic value added tax and employer payments and make periodic tax returns
- produce the financial statements for the accounting period
- calculate the company's taxable income and complete the company's annual tax return
- write a contract between an accounting firm and a client company

Content

- a small company's bookkeeping and financial statements of an accounting period
- VAT return, company tax return
- the duties and responsibilities of an accounting firm and a client company

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 08.02.2024

Timing

01.02.2024 - 25.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Janne Granfors
Groups
  • MLIITS23B
    MLIITS23B
  • MLIITS23A
    MLIITS23A
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 25.10.2023

Timing

25.10.2023 - 01.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • DSUTAS23
    Aim for Economy Expertise

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

The student can develop and exploit product and service innovations. Innovation is a product, service, way of action or a business model. The student can use innovation tools in the process.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.10.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 01.01.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Päivi Killström
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS21ba
    PLIITS21ba

Objective

Student is able to develop a competitive product or service concept.
He / She is able to
- is able to use productization as a tool for development
- is able to define the content, structure and service process of a service/product
- knows how to standardize a service/product, methods and procedures, and the systematic customer encounters related to the service
- is able to concretize a service/product into a functional entity available
- is able to price a service/product and understands how productizing affects pricing.

Materials

Healing Jari - Productization https://aaltodoc.aalto.fi/bitstream/handle/123456789/16523/isbn9789526062181.pdf

In addition, students can independently apply for reading material during the course, for example Johannes Partanen's "1000 Best Books in the World". https://teimiakatemia.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Book-books-2022-23-Johannes-Partanen.pdf?vgo_ee=C0vXWDI4RLC09mrE7yJJdjdfwmy%S

Teaching methods

The student actively develops either the cooperative's own or the client's business idea. The student utilizes methods for productization in the development of a product or service towards a finished product or service. The student reads the agreed books and other materials. Students are actively looking for the information they need.

Exam schedules

Students demonstrate their learning throughout the course at their co-operative and BusinessAcademy.

International connections

The course is implemented in the BusinessAcademy team learning environment. The BusinessAcademy uses a four-wheel drive model that includes training, projects, reading, and a learning agreement. Students learn the ways and concepts of the work community in a team and through work-life-oriented tasks.

Completion alternatives

Intended for students working in Business Academy co-operatives

Student workload

Tasks according to the four-wheel drive model. The total workload for five credits is about 135 hours: there must be at least 100 hours of work (active hours, training, reading circles, reporting in the form of a portfolio), plus information gathering 35h. The student's workload is based on information gathering, active working hours, weekly training sessions and read books/materials. Participation in training is mandatory. If, for some reason, a student does not make it to the trainings of their own team, the absence is compensated by participating in the trainings of one of the parallel groups. Students keep a record of their working hours in hourly accounting. The credits are formed based on the number of hours completed and the outputs achieved.

Students reflect on their own career development in their portfolio and update their career plans e.g. through video, written reflection or other means.Students will read and reflect on at least 1 book or similar material (articles, TED Talks, etc.) per 5 OP. Reflection is made into your own portfolio

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Students receive feedback on their activities from customers, peers and a coach. He also conducts continuous self-evaluation and reflection of his actions. The assessment focuses on the student's activities in the team and projects. Students prepare a portfolio of their activities and outputs. The portfolio includes his hourly accounts, book reflections, and outputs from activities (documents, reports, images, links, videos, etc.). The student insures his/her knowledge and learning with his/her portfolio and report.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The requirements are not met.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student participates in the planning and implementation of the coaching together with the coach and assistant coach team. The student acts independently, however, relying on the instructor. The student takes care of assistant coach duties, but the activity is successful in varying ways.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student participates actively in the planning and implementation of the coaching together with the coach and assistant coach team. Being an assistant coach is goal-oriented and consistent. Collaboration with the coach and assistant coach team is smooth.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student participates actively and develops activities in the planning and implementation of coaching together with the coach and assistant coach team. Being an assistant coach is goal-oriented, consistent and productive. Collaboration with the coach and assistant coach team is smooth. The operations of the BusinessAcademy are developing and practices are improving by the assistant coach.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arto Manninen
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to
- describe different phases in productization and commercialization process
- tell about different marketing decisions
- describe different cost structures
- describe the process for service or product delivery.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 08.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 10.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

1 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anette Kairikko
  • Paula Savolainen
Groups
  • MLIITS21

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to select and use adequate methors in the development project .

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 07.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 10.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

1 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Paula Savolainen
  • Kati Haanpää
Groups
  • MKITIS21

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to select and use adequate methors in the development project .

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 16.01.2024

Timing

15.01.2024 - 15.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

1 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anette Kairikko
  • Paula Savolainen
Groups
  • MLIISK22

Objective

Having completed the course the student is able to select and use adequate methors in the development project .

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 03.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jarmo Ahonen
Groups
  • PLIITS21taha
    PLIITS21taha
  • PMMWES21

Materials

Will be defined during the course.

Teaching methods

Lectures and exercises. A practical project from industry.

Exam schedules

The exam dates will be announced during the course.

International connections

Lectures, supervised exercises, and individual exercises. Exercises may include project work or an assgnment.

Completion alternatives

No alternatives.

Student workload

The effort of an individual student is 5 cr.

Content scheduling

The basics of research methods
- The role of research methods
- Research methods as problem solving tools
- Background information
- Qualitative and quantitative methods
- Planning a research
- Performing a research
- Analyzing results
- Reporting a research

This implementaation is especially suitable for those who plan further or additional studies in the master-programmes of research universities or the master-programmes of the universities of applied sciences.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The exercises and activity makes 50% of the evaluation and the exam is the rest. All exercises and the exam have to be passed in order to pass the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Missing exercises or the exam is not passed.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

All exercises and exam passed.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Good skills of the topics covered in the course and proven skill to apply the contents of the course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excellent skills of the topics covered in the course and proven skill to apply the contents of the course independently.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jarmo Ahonen
Groups
  • PLIITS22BOM
    PLIITS22BOM
  • PMMWES22
  • PLIITS22TAHA
    PLIITS22TAHA

Materials

Will be defined during the course.

Teaching methods

Lectures and exercises. A practical project from industry.

Exam schedules

The exam dates will be announced during the course.

International connections

Lectures, supervised exercises, and individual exercises. Exercises may include project work or an assgnment.

Completion alternatives

No alternatives.

Student workload

The effort of an individual student is 5 cr.

Content scheduling

The basics of research methods
- The role of research methods
- Research methods as problem solving tools
- Background information
- Qualitative and quantitative methods
- Planning a research
- Performing a research
- Analyzing results
- Reporting a research

This implementaation is especially suitable for those who plan further or additional studies in the master-programmes of research universities or the master-programmes of the universities of applied sciences.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The exercises and activity makes 50% of the evaluation and the exam is the rest. All exercises and the exam have to be passed in order to pass the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Missing exercises or the exam is not passed.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

All exercises and exam passed.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Good skills of the topics covered in the course and proven skill to apply the contents of the course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excellent skills of the topics covered in the course and proven skill to apply the contents of the course independently.

Enrollment

08.01.2024 - 14.03.2024

Timing

15.03.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jarmo Ahonen
Groups
  • PLIITS22BOM
    PLIITS22BOM
  • PMMWES22
  • PLIITS22TAHA
    PLIITS22TAHA

Materials

Will be defined during the course.

Teaching methods

Lectures and exercises. A practical project from industry.

Exam schedules

The exam dates will be announced during the course.

International connections

Lectures, supervised exercises, and individual exercises. Exercises may include project work or an assgnment.

Completion alternatives

No alternatives.

Student workload

The effort of an individual student is 5 cr.

Content scheduling

The basics of research methods
- The role of research methods
- Research methods as problem solving tools
- Background information
- Qualitative and quantitative methods
- Planning a research
- Performing a research
- Analyzing results
- Reporting a research

This implementaation is especially suitable for those who plan further or additional studies in the master-programmes of research universities or the master-programmes of the universities of applied sciences.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The exercises and activity makes 50% of the evaluation and the exam is the rest. All exercises and the exam have to be passed in order to pass the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Missing exercises or the exam is not passed.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

All exercises and exam passed.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Good skills of the topics covered in the course and proven skill to apply the contents of the course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excellent skills of the topics covered in the course and proven skill to apply the contents of the course independently.

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 04.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 30.11.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Professional Sales
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Mikko Niskanen
  • Nicolas Le Grand
Groups
  • PMYYNS22
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR
  • PLIITS22TAHA
    PLIITS22TAHA

Objective

Student
- knows the strengths and weaknesses of different structures and practices of organizations
- understands the impact of organizational culture of feeling and atmosphere at the workplace
- can identify the differences of people in the workplace as a resource
- can cope with typical problems of the working community
- is familiar with basic principles in working as a team leader or as a supervisor of a work group
- is able to use methods of project management in team work tasks

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

05.08.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

Student
- knows the strengths and weaknesses of different structures and practices of organizations
- understands the impact of organizational culture of feeling and atmosphere at the workplace
- can identify the differences of people in the workplace as a resource
- can cope with typical problems of the working community
- is familiar with basic principles in working as a team leader or as a supervisor of a work group
- is able to use methods of project management in team work tasks

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 07.09.2023

Timing

31.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marianne Renvall
  • Alisa Pettersson
Teacher in charge

Alisa Pettersson

Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

After completing the course, the student has developed his/her skills in some of the professional skills areas that are important to him/her, such as:
- Organizational structure, strategic leadership
- Personnel management, supervisor work
- Recognizing and exploiting people's diversity and motivation, rewarding
- Team, employee or work community skills, emotional intelligence
- Meeting, negotiating and sales skills
- HR functions such as recruitment, orientation, development, work safety or collaboration in the workplace

Content

The student creates his/her own personal study plan at the beginning of the course, and demonstrates his/her skills through a variety of reports, essays, presentations, or on-the-job tasks, topic related materials or deliverables, such as introductory materials, teaching materials, and more. In addition, contact days include facts-type lectures on some topics.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 29.01.2024

Timing

02.01.2024 - 17.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Mikko Niskanen
  • Alisa Pettersson
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

After completing the course, the student has developed his/her skills in some of the professional skills areas that are important to him/her, such as:
- Organizational structure, strategic leadership
- Personnel management, supervisor work
- Recognizing and exploiting people's diversity and motivation, rewarding
- Team, employee or work community skills, emotional intelligence
- Meeting, negotiating and sales skills
- HR functions such as recruitment, orientation, development, work safety or collaboration in the workplace

Content

The student creates his/her own personal study plan at the beginning of the course, and demonstrates his/her skills through a variety of reports, essays, presentations, or on-the-job tasks, topic related materials or deliverables, such as introductory materials, teaching materials, and more. In addition, contact days include facts-type lectures on some topics.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Krista Holopainen
Groups
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Objective

After completing the study unit the student is able to
- analyze professional texts in his/her own field and utilize the knowledge in new situations
- acquire and apply sources of information to produce a logical and matter-of-fact style written and oral presentation
- utilize different language planning guides to support own communication
- recognize different types of turns to speak and modes of argumentation
- assess own communication skills
- develop his/her communication based on received feedback and give constructive feedback
- evaluate his/her communication skills in the context of his/her future expertise
- recognize the stylistic aspects of organizational communication
- identify the principles of internal and external communication of organisations

Content

1. Individual communication
- analysis, interpretation and writing of professional texts in the student’s field
- matter-of-fact style texts and good command of standard language
- argumentation and oral communication situations in work life
- creation and visualization of an oral presentation
- assessment of own communication skills
- giving and receiving feedback
-  
2. Organizational communication
- interest group communication
- internal and external communication

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 11.09.2023

Timing

06.09.2023 - 08.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Johanna Stenroos-Vuorio
Groups
  • LTOPS23D
    LTOPS23D
  • LTOPS23E
    LTOPS23E
  • LTOPS23F
    LTOPS23F
  • LTOPS23C
    LTOPS23C
  • LTOPS23A
    LTOPS23A
  • LTOPS23B
    LTOPS23B

Objective

After completing the study unit the student is able to
- analyze professional texts in his/her own field and utilize the knowledge in new situations
- acquire and apply sources of information to produce a logical and matter-of-fact style written and oral presentation
- utilize different language planning guides to support own communication
- recognize different types of turns to speak and modes of argumentation
- assess own communication skills
- develop his/her communication based on received feedback and give constructive feedback
- evaluate his/her communication skills in the context of his/her future expertise
- recognize the stylistic aspects of organizational communication
- identify the principles of internal and external communication of organisations

Content

1. Individual communication
- analysis, interpretation and writing of professional texts in the student’s field
- matter-of-fact style texts and good command of standard language
- argumentation and oral communication situations in work life
- creation and visualization of an oral presentation
- assessment of own communication skills
- giving and receiving feedback
-  
2. Organizational communication
- interest group communication
- internal and external communication

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

21.08.2023 - 17.09.2023

Timing

11.09.2023 - 10.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

40 - 80

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Laura Nurminen
Groups
  • LTOPS23H
    LTOPS23H
  • LTOPS23I
    LTOPS23I
  • LTOPS23J
    LTOPS23J
  • LTOPS23K
    LTOPS23K
  • PBUADS23
  • LTOPS23G
    LTOPS23G

Objective

After completing the study unit the student is able to
- analyze professional texts in his/her own field and utilize the knowledge in new situations
- acquire and apply sources of information to produce a logical and matter-of-fact style written and oral presentation
- utilize different language planning guides to support own communication
- recognize different types of turns to speak and modes of argumentation
- assess own communication skills
- develop his/her communication based on received feedback and give constructive feedback
- evaluate his/her communication skills in the context of his/her future expertise
- recognize the stylistic aspects of organizational communication
- identify the principles of internal and external communication of organisations

Content

1. Individual communication
- analysis, interpretation and writing of professional texts in the student’s field
- matter-of-fact style texts and good command of standard language
- argumentation and oral communication situations in work life
- creation and visualization of an oral presentation
- assessment of own communication skills
- giving and receiving feedback
-  
2. Organizational communication
- interest group communication
- internal and external communication

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 04.03.2024

Timing

26.02.2024 - 03.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Johanna Stenroos-Vuorio
Groups
  • MLIISK24

Objective

After completing the study unit the student is able to
- analyze professional texts in his/her own field and utilize the knowledge in new situations
- acquire and apply sources of information to produce a logical and matter-of-fact style written and oral presentation
- utilize different language planning guides to support own communication
- recognize different types of turns to speak and modes of argumentation
- assess own communication skills
- develop his/her communication based on received feedback and give constructive feedback
- evaluate his/her communication skills in the context of his/her future expertise
- recognize the stylistic aspects of organizational communication
- identify the principles of internal and external communication of organisations

Content

1. Individual communication
- analysis, interpretation and writing of professional texts in the student’s field
- matter-of-fact style texts and good command of standard language
- argumentation and oral communication situations in work life
- creation and visualization of an oral presentation
- assessment of own communication skills
- giving and receiving feedback
-  
2. Organizational communication
- interest group communication
- internal and external communication

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.02.2024

Timing

08.02.2024 - 11.04.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Johanna Stenroos-Vuorio
Groups
  • PINBOS23

Objective

After completing the study unit the student is able to
- analyze professional texts in his/her own field and utilize the knowledge in new situations
- acquire and apply sources of information to produce a logical and matter-of-fact style written and oral presentation
- utilize different language planning guides to support own communication
- recognize different types of turns to speak and modes of argumentation
- assess own communication skills
- develop his/her communication based on received feedback and give constructive feedback
- evaluate his/her communication skills in the context of his/her future expertise
- recognize the stylistic aspects of organizational communication
- identify the principles of internal and external communication of organisations

Content

1. Individual communication
- analysis, interpretation and writing of professional texts in the student’s field
- matter-of-fact style texts and good command of standard language
- argumentation and oral communication situations in work life
- creation and visualization of an oral presentation
- assessment of own communication skills
- giving and receiving feedback
-  
2. Organizational communication
- interest group communication
- internal and external communication

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Pia Lindman
Groups
  • DSUTAS23
    Aim for Economy Expertise

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 10.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kosar Mahmoodi
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Alisa Pettersson
Groups
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 15.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 26.05.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Taru Kankaanpää
  • Johanna Stenroos-Vuorio
Groups
  • MLIISK24

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 21.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Kosar Mahmoodi
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Alisa Pettersson
Groups
  • MLIITS23B
    MLIITS23B
  • MLIITS23A
    MLIITS23A
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • DUSVAS22

Objective

Student
- is able to facilitate open communication and collaboration spirit within and between the teams and groups of her/his organization
- understands his/her own social way of working
- masters good and efficient meeting practices
- is able to explain the importance of different media, ways of working and tasks as part of the sport sector and the social environment

Content

- is able to facilitate open communication and collaboration spirit within and between the teams and groups of her/his organization
- understands his/her own social way of working
- masters good and efficient meeting practices
- is able to explain the importance of different media, ways of working and tasks as part of the sport sector and the social environment

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jaakko Haltia
Groups
  • DUSVAS23

Objective

Student is able to
- analyze special features of sport from a commercial perspective
- understand the logic of value creation of sport
- understand the value of economy of esteem in sport

Content

- Special features of sport
- Value creation and different types of values
- The economy of esteem

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Olli-Pekka Lehtisalo
Groups
  • DUSVAS23

Objective

Student
- understands the importance of management and leadership to the company and to the company's finances
- is familiar with the requirements of a manager and is able to apply what he/she has learned in practice
- understands the difference between leadership and management
- manages basic operations of leadership and management

Content

Leadership as a part of sport business
- leadership and management systems
- organization theories
- human resource management
- leadership in voluntary organizations
- wellbeing at work
- leadership and communication skills
- motivation, giving feedback, conflict solving, negotiations

Content scheduling

Leadership as a part of sport business
- leadership and management systems
- organization theories
- human resource management
- leadership in voluntary organizations
- wellbeing at work
- leadership and communication skills
- motivation, giving feedback, conflict solving, negotiations

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jaakko Haltia
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • DUSVAS23

Objective

The student is able
- to explain the role of personal selling in sport organization and how professional salespeople are behaving
- to execute the different stages of the sales process in an effective and customer-oriented way
- to analyze buying behavior and buying processes
- to use appropriate sales models and sales skills in different sales situations and during the different stages of the relationship
- to create long-term customer relationships from the value creation perspective
- to use the basic marketing concepts
- to define the factors behind the customer´s buying behavior and offer additional value to the customer
- describe the phases of the sales process and act customer-oriented
- to recognize modern marketing communication aspects.

Content

- sales process
- methods to acquire customer understanding
- factors affecting customer experience, value creation
- preparing for sales and customer service situations
- stages of the sales process
- marketing communication

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Olli-Pekka Lehtisalo
  • Jaakko Haltia
Groups
  • DUSVAS22

Objective

The objective is to deepen previously learned skills and knowlegde in developing the activities of sport organizations.

Content

Development task

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 31.07.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Olli-Pekka Lehtisalo
  • Jaakko Haltia
Groups
  • DUSVAS23

Objective

The objective of the course is that the student is familiar with basic concepts and theories of the social, cultural, political and economic environment in which sport and leisure operate.

Student is able to
- analyze the impacts of society to the story of sport and to the development of sport
- to understand the relevance of stakeholders in sport
- to adapt his/her activities to challenges of the future

Content

- sport and society
- sport stakeholders (fans, sponsors, public sector)
- advanced technology ja alteration
- future research and the trends of future

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

05.08.2023 - 03.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 25

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Olli-Pekka Lehtisalo
Groups
  • VAVA2324

Objective

The objective of the course is that the student is familiar with basic concepts and theories of the social, cultural, political and economic environment in which sport and leisure operate.

Student is able to
- analyze the impacts of society to the story of sport and to the development of sport
- to understand the relevance of stakeholders in sport
- to adapt his/her activities to challenges of the future

Content

- sport and society
- sport stakeholders (fans, sponsors, public sector)
- advanced technology ja alteration
- future research and the trends of future

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.01.2024 - 15.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 30.06.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jaakko Haltia
Groups
  • DUSVAS23

Objective

The objective of the course is to qualify the student to be able to plan sport fundraising activities and develop the financial market of sport organization based on a theoretical and methodical knowledge.

Having completed the course the student is able to
- understand the limits that the legislation sets for sport fundraising
- raise funds for the sport organization from various sources
- apply methodical knowledge of business.

Content

- legislation of sport
- taxation of sport organization
- fundraising ideas for sport
- data analysis techniques, accounting analysis methods

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

40 % Contact teaching, 60 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 25

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jaakko Haltia
Groups
  • DUSVAS23

Objective

The student is able to develop a competitive product or service concept.

Content

- productization methods and tools
- development project of a sport product or a sport service

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 30.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 01.01.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 15

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Päivi Killström
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS20ba
    PLIITS20ba

Objective

Student can coach and mentor his/her junior peers.

Content

Planning, preparing and implementing training sessions and learning situations
Co-operation with teacher coaches to boost the team
Personal peer support
Reflecting and developing one's own personal coaching skills

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 11.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 08.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

25 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Telle Tuominen
Groups
  • VaihtoS23Yrmy
    VaihtoS23Yrmy
  • PMMWES22

Objective

Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
• conclude the societal determinants of wellness tourism and other wellness related products and services
• recognize national and international wellness business models and determine their segments
• classify customer needs and the corresponding supply

Content

• Determinants explaining the wellness demand
• Wellness business models and segments
• Wellness customer behavior

Materials

The learning materials will be available in itslearning LMS or in Internet, Finna or Theseus.

Reading materials for the exam will be announced about one month before the exam.

Teaching methods

The learning methods support Innovation pedagocy (see below). In this cource we have e.g. key-notes, activating methods and (reading) tasks during class and remote, and project work.

Exam schedules

Course exam on 13th November and two retake possibilities to be announced later when needed.

International connections

The pedagogical approach at Turku UAS is called Innovation pedagogy or "Innopeda" for short. It is a learning approach based on experimentation, sharing knowledge and expertise and combining different perspectives. Innovation pedagogy is based on workplace orientation and cooperation, internationality, entrepreneurship and systemic thinking.

In the future, you will need not only the core skills you study, but also the innovation competences needed in all business sectors. You will also be expected to show creativity and initiative, but also critical thinking and the ability to work in teams and networks. You will actively practice all of these during this cource.

More about Innopeda at https://innopeda.turkuamk.fi/

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

This course is 5ects = about 135hrs of student work as follows:

Independent/remote work: project team work, preparing for reading tasks/pre assignments, preparing for the exam etc. 83hrs
Onsite: 52hrs according week schedule: lectures, information search and discussions, project work, project tutoring, exam, wellness event etc.

Content scheduling

Timetable and themes:
4.9.23: Implementation plan, key terms, classifications and models, Telle Tuominen
11.9.23: Determinants of wellness mega trend, Telle Tuominen
18.9.23: Wellness tourism, Telle Tuominen
25.9.23: Physical activity, Healthy Eating, Afrisa Kapella
2.10.23: Mental Wellness, Irina Katajisto-Korhonen
9.10.23: Project kick-off, building project organisation for the wellness event, ideation
Week 42: Remote, independent work (project ideation)
23.10.23 Nature-based wellness, Esko Sorakunnas; project plan, Telle Tuominen
30.10.23 Nature-based wellness, Esko Sorakunnas; project work, Telle Tuominen
6.11.23 Digital Health and Wellness Technologies, project interim reporting, Telle Tuominen
13.11.23 Exam, Telle Tuominen
20.11.23: Workplace wellness, Timo Halttunen; project tutoring
27.11.23: Project/testing wellness event & improvements, Telle Tuominen
4.12.23: wellness event, event and course feedback & conclusions, self- and peer review

Project WELLNESS EVENT:
The group sets targets and defines the project context according to the curriculum objectives and teacher instructions. The group organizes itself appropriately. It creates a detailed project plan for the execution of the project event. It uses relevant research methods, testing and theoretical knowledge base to design a customer-centered, multi-faceted wellness event.

Further information

its and emails

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Exam in small groups, scale 0 - 5, 50 % of total grade
Wellness event project (project master plan, sub team plans, event marketing, event consisting e.g. of "wellness services in action" and info flashes, feed back form, final wellness event product description etc.), scale 0 - 5, 50 % of total grade
Reading tasks/pre assignments: fail/accepted

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not completed all the outcomes of the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Project work:
The student/the group of students makes little use of the knowledge base, tutor and peer feedback and the work is fragmented. The student/group has defined objectives in line with the project instructions and the curriculum, but only partially achieves them. The output is mainly based on fragmented, performative work, not on planned development work and a reasoned application of the relevant knowledge base. The final output is confused and unfinished.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Project work:
The student/the group of students works in a fairly proactive and coordinated way towards the objectives of the project and the course, and is able to share knowledge within the group to some extent, as well as to make use of tutor and peer feedback. The student/group makes some legitimate use of the relevant knowledge base and the work is at times systematic, critical and generative of some new ideas. The output is largely justified by the knowledge base and reflects the skills needed in wellness industry. The student/the group performs well in its area of responsibility in organising the event.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Project work:
The student/the group works in an active and coordinated way, in dialogue with each other, drawing on each other's expertise, teacher and peer feedback. The knowledge base is broad and the sources relevant to the objectives. Theory and method(s) are applied successfully and justifiably throughout the project work. The end result is customer-oriented, innovative and professional.

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 18.01.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Sami Nummela
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

The student is able to
- introduce alternative sources of financing for a company
- draw up a short-term cash budget and utilize it in cash management
- chart the risk factors of a company and the methods of risk management related to them
.

Content

- financial planning and alternatives
- cash management
- risk management and insurances
- investment alternatives

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 13.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 13.03.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Jari Leppihalme
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- use accounting software to record financial transactions and draw up financial reports
- calculate and interpret the financial key figures
- calculate the company's taxable income based on bookkeeping
- apply management accounting techniques for decision making
- use Excel spreadsheets as a tool for solving accounting problems

Content

- Introduction, sectors of accounting and outsourcing
- Bookkeeping and financial statement in practise
- Analysis of the financial statements
- Companytaxation
- Management accounting

Location and time

Introduction, accounting in BA and outsourcing
Pricing
Invoicing and accounts receivable
Company taxation
Analysis of the financial statements
Management accounting

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 01.09.2023

Timing

25.08.2023 - 31.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pinja Palm
Groups
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Objective

x

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

05.07.2023 - 03.08.2023

Timing

04.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 10

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Päivi Killström
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS21ba
    PLIITS21ba

Objective

Student can
- make use of the business network
- strive for increasing the turnover and profit
- pay attention to requirements of internationalization and uses foreign languages
- use the needed tools for planning and managing business operations.

Content

Student works in a developing enterprise and enhances the growth and internationalizations. Student expands the networks.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 10

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Maria Välivirta Havia
  • Päivi Killström
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS21ba
    PLIITS21ba

Objective

Student can
- make use of the business network
- strive for increasing the turnover and profit
- pay attention to requirements of internationalization and uses foreign languages
- use the needed tools for planning and managing business operations.

Content

Student works in a developing enterprise and enhances the growth and internationalizations. Student expands the networks.

Content scheduling

Student works in a developing enterprise and enhances the growth and internationalizations. Student expands the networks.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2023 - 10.03.2024

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 - 10

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

Having completed this unit the student can
- apply the different business theories when developing the sales and marketing of the co-operative's products and services
- acknowledge the different features in customer groups' buying behaviour
- is aware of the co-opertave's strengths and can target them in action in an approppriate way
- takes care of the co-operative's stakeholder contacts (internal and external customers)

Content

Student's theoretical knowlwdbase about doing business is deepened by running the co-operative
Student takes part in the business in his/her own role. Student partivipates in the agreed meetings, discussions and other activities. Student reflects his/her actions in the agreed communication platforms and keepes a portfolio of his/her own work.
Student applies the theory into practise in a goal-oriented attitude and gives related evidence evidence in his/hwer portfolio
Students can have different goals and roles in their action

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 15.09.2023

Timing

01.08.2023 - 15.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Marita Nummi-Wikström
  • Kaisa Aaltonen
  • Kari Juhala
Groups
  • PLIITS22BA
    PLIITS22BA

Objective

Having completed the course the student
- acknowldges the strengths and development areas as individual and as team member and can use these resources in business
- can act in a productive way in different roles
- knows ad can take care of the practical issues about business
- can act in the proper business environment according to legal restrictions and common practices
- makes contacts and builds a network.
Making the company brand.

Content

Adapting the role of an entrepreneur and the adaptive business. Getting familiar with Co-operative legislation and other relevant documentation as well as the interest groups. Starting and running Co-operative operations. Drafting a personal learning portfolio. Development discussions with the coach. Instructed group working.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2023 - 30.08.2023

Timing

30.08.2023 - 11.10.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
  • Katja Repo
Groups
  • DSUTAS23
    Aim for Economy Expertise

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2023 - 30.09.2023

Timing

04.09.2023 - 17.12.2023

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Pia Lindman
Groups
  • MLIITS22
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2022

Objective

The student is able to
- calculate the amount of taxable income for different forms of enterprises
- plan and calculate taxes from the perspective of the owner

Content

- taxable income and deductible costs
- calculating taxable profit of a company and its owner
- net worth of a company
- earned income and capital income
- calculating and booking taxes
- company forms and their taxation

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2023 - 31.12.2023

Timing

01.01.2024 - 31.07.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • DSUTAS23
    Aim for Economy Expertise

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.08.2024 - 31.08.2024

Timing

12.09.2024 - 12.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Otieno Mbare
Groups
  • PLIITS23BOM
  • VaihtoS24Yrmy

Objective

Student is able to
- Understand the nature and social dynamics within B2B environment
- Segment B2B markets and design marketing communication tools
- Understand nature of organization buying behavior
- Evaluate key elements in the sales process.

Content

- Segmentation strategies in B2B
- Organizational buying behavior
- Relationship marketing
- Sales forecasting
- The Personal Selling Process and key competence in sales force

Materials

1. Business to Business Marketing Management
Author: By Jim Blythe, Alan Zimmerman. Pages: 528 Size: 4.52 MB Format: PDF Publisher: Routledge Ltd. Published: 12 April, 2013 eISBN-13: 9780203067581
2. Stephen P. Castleberry and John F. Tanner: Selling – Building Partnerships (4th Edition, 2014); Mc Graw Hill Education New York
3. David Jobber and Geoff Lancaster:Selling and Sales Management (10th Edition, 2015); Pearson Education ltd, Harlow, UK
4. Other readings and materials given during the course.

Teaching methods

Lectures
Group working
Reading and YouTube
Teams
Workshops
ITS-learning pages
Presentations

Exam schedules

All assignments and tasks are completed and returned in itslearning

International connections

Experiential learning, inquiry-based, case studies, collaborative, reflective, constructivism, and integrative

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

student workload = 133hrs

Content scheduling

Objectives and goals:
- Understand segmentation strategies in B2B
- Complexities in organizational buying behavior
- Relationship marketing
- The Personal Selling Process and key competence in sales force
- To know the reason why sales forecasting is so important to organisations

Further information

More information to be given on the first Lesson.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on a scale of: 1 - 5
Active participation in team 10%
Individual assignment 40%
Team assignment 50%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The work does not reach the standard level of the course. There is no evidence of further reading or considered thought about the subject matter neither clear demonstration of familiarity with the various B2B marketing concepts.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

There is knowledge of core B2B marketing material and concepts but the knowledge and the processing of knowledge is weak or limited. There is only little evidence of wider reading.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The work is reasonably competent, though there may be some weaknesses. Knowledge of various B2B marketing concepts is adequate and while there is evidence of reading beyond the class, it's patchy or not broad (3).
Reasoning; depth and breadth of reading (4)

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The work is well developed beyond that given; demonstrates sound conceptual knowledge in B2B marketing and
The work reflect very high conceptual standard and demonstrate knowledge in B2B concepts and autonomous development of reasoning processing well beyond that given in class. There is clear evidence of depth and breadth in reading.

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

80 - 95

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Piia Pesso
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • LTOPS24F
  • LTOPS24G
  • LTOPS24E

Objective

The student can both orally and in writing:
- describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and working experience,
- introduce the operations and organization of a company and tell about different types of company forms as well as types of duties within a company,
- compile a professional job application and act in a job interview,
- communicate using right formality, vocabulary and phrases through a purchasing process (from an enquiry to an order, complaints, adjustments),
- analyze and tell about current business news in various Finnish media
- make and maintain contacts by phone, email, face-to-face

Content

Telling about the student’s own education, training and work experience. The student understands and can use appropriate business vocabulary and phrases both orally and in writing when describing the operations of a company, business environment, products and processes.
Making and maintaining contacts, discussing current business news, practising presentation skills. Compiling a job application and CV, acting in a job interview. Documentation used in a purchasing process.

Materials

The course learning material consists of versatile and field-specific materials supporting learning which can be found on the course's itslearning platform. The material will be discussed in more detail during the course.

Teaching methods

Learning methods are based on active learning and application of knowledge by the student, both independently and in groups.

Learning methods include for example problem-based learning, flipped learning, work life-based learning, peer-assessment, self-assessment, reflection and discussion.

International connections

Pedagogical approaches encourage students to actively learn and apply knowledge through a variety of methods and field-specific assignments.

Student workload

The learning tasks consist of assignments, in-class activities and homework tasks. The assignments are part of the approved completion of the course. The assignments are assessed on the scale 0-5. The assignments are as follows:
- Video CV
- Formal email
- Company presentation
- Learning report

Detailed instructions for the assignments will be given during the course.

Content scheduling

Practising the oral and written skills of English with field-specific and varied assignments.
Writing and reading texts, giving a presentation, discussing, practising vocabulary.

The extent of the course is 5 credits, corresponding to 135 hours of student work. The exact lecture dates can be found in the schedule. In addition, the course includes independent work alongside the lectures.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on presence in the lectures (75 % presence is required) as well as approved completion of assignments and submission of assignments by the deadline.

The final grade for the course is based on the assessment scale of 0-5.

The assessment methods include teacher assessment, student's self-assessment and peer-assessment. The assessment criteria are gone through during the course and these are also found on the itslearning platform.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student does not complete the required tasks during the course. The oral and written production and understanding is scarce. The absences exceed the limitation, the student quits the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student succeeds satisfactorily in the oral and written production. The student is able to communicate even though the communication is inaccurate at times. The lack and inconsistency of the vocabulary repertoire limits the communication. There are deficiencies in the structures of the language.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student succeeds well in varied oral and written production situations. The student masters a varied vocabulary repertoire of the field and uses it well but there may be some inaccuracies in the language production. The student demonstrates skills to use structures in a versatile and correct manner but there might appear some mistakes in more demanding structures.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student demonstrates excellent skills in varied and demanding oral and written production situations. The student knows how to communicate in a context-appropriate manner. The student masters to a versatile and excellent extent the vocabulary of the field and in other contexts as well. The student is able to use multiple structures and shows how to use them in an almost impeccable manner.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

04.09.2024 - 04.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Markku Rajala
Groups
  • DSUTAS23
    Aim for Economy Expertise

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.08.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

01.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Markku Rajala

Objective

Student is able to
- to form an overall view of information systems used in managing business
- utilize modern information systems in various sections of financial management
- draw up a process flow diagram of some financial management function
- develop processes in a more digitalized direction.

Content

..

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 16.09.2024

Timing

16.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Leena Hämölä-Glorioso
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • LTOPS24I
  • LTOPS24J
  • LTOPS24K

Objective

The student activates their Swedish language skills so that they understand spoken and written language and can produce it in everyday situations. Additionally, they master the essential structures of the Swedish language. After completing this course, the student will be better prepared to handle future mandatory Swedish courses. This course is recommended for those who feel their Swedish proficiency is lacking. The determination of one's skill level can be done, for example, through a placement test.

Content

The basic grammar, structures and vocabulary of the Swedish language.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

30.05.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 220

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Taneli Ahtiainen
  • Pinja Palm
  • COS Opettaja

Objective

After completing this course the student is able to utilize IT applications in goal-oriented team and project work.

Content

- use of the O365 environment for team communication and information management
- basics of Excel
- drafting of texts, publications and presentations, processing and embedding images
- basics of data protection and security

Materials

Excel
• Eduhouse-palvelun opetusvideot
• muu Itsiin lisätty opetusmateriaali

Teaching methods

Excel
• opetusvideot
• työpajat
• harjoitustehtävät

Completion alternatives

Opiskelija voi toimittaa Tieken tai ECDL:n tutkintotodistuksen vastuuopettajalle ja saada kurssista suoritusmerkinnän. Todistus tulee toimittaa vastuuopettajalle kurssin alussa.

Student workload

Excel
• lähiopetus 12 h
• opetusvideot 5 h
• muuhun opetusmateriaaliin tutustuminen 5 h
• harjoitustehtävät 15 h
• lopputyö ja siihen valmistautuminen 6 h

Content scheduling

Excel
• Exceliin tutustuminen, tietokannan luominen, vko 37
• Tietokantojen suodattaminen ja lajittelu, solujen muotoilu, erilaiset kursorit, vko 38
• Excelillä laskeminen, soluviittaukset, täyttökahva vko 39
• Excelin funktiot, vko 40
• Visualisoinnin perusteet, kaaviot ja ehdollinen muotoilu, vko 41

Further information

Yhteydenpito opettajiin ensisijaisesti sähköpostitse.

Toteutuksen alkaessa opiskelijalla tulee olla koneelleen asennettuna Microsoft Office -ohjelmistot (Excel, Word, Powerpoint, Teams). Ohjeet löytyvät Digistartista.

Opiskelijan tulee hallita oman laitteen käyttö. Hänen tulee osata asentaa ja päivittää laitteistoaan ja ohjelmistojaan.

Esitietovaatimus on Digistartti tai vastaavat taidot.

Kurssilla opetetaan PC ympäristön käyttöä.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Toteutus arvioidaan kahdessa osassa:
Muut työkalut (3 op)
-Harjoitustehtävät. Ajallaan palautetut harjoitustehtävät antavat oikeuden päästä tekemään,loppukokeen, joka antaa
osuuden arvosanan.

Excel (2 op)
• opintojakson aikana tehtävät harjoitustehtävät 30 %
• opintojakson aikana tehtävät testit 10 %
• opintojakson lopuksi tehtävä harjoitustyö 60 %. Harjoitustyö tehdään yksilötyönä kampuksella lukujärjestyksen mukaan viikolla 43.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Excel:
Opiskelija ei palauta pyydettyjä suorituksia määräaikaan mennessä eikä hänen osaamistaan voi tämän vuoksi arvioida ja/tai opiskelija ei osoita hallitsevansa vähintään arvosanaan 1 vaadittavaa osaamista.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Excel:
arvosana 1
Opiskelija hallitsee taulukkolaskennan perusteet:
- taulukon ulkoasun muokkaaminen mm. eri värejä ja reunaviivoja käyttäen
- erilaisten tietojen syöttäminen soluun (esim. teksti, luku, prosenttiluku)
- perustason laskutoimitusten suorittaminen soluissa
arvosana 2
- arvosanan 1 kriteerit ylittyvät, mutta arvosanan 3 kriteerit eivät täyty

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Excel
arvosana 3
Arvosanan 1 kriteerien lisäksi opiskelija osoittaa hallitsevansa
- perustason funktioiden käyttämisen
- suhteellisen soluviittauksen käyttämisen
- tiedon lajittelemisen ja suodattamisen
- perustason kaavioiden luomisen
arvosana 4
- arvosanan 3 kriteerit ylittyvät, mutta arvosanan 5 kriteerit eivät täyty.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excel:
Arvosanan 3 kriteerien lisäksi opiskelija osoittaa hallitsevansa
- vaativampien funktioiden käyttämisen
- suoran soluviittauksen käyttämisen
- kaavioiden luomisen ja muokkaamisen
- ehdollisen muotoilun

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 13.09.2024

Timing

13.09.2024 - 20.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

300 - 450

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Elina Asukas
  • Timo Linnossuo
  • Sanna Simola
Teacher in charge

Timo Linnossuo

Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • KORS21
    KORS21
  • INFS21
    INFS21
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • RAKS21
    RAKS21
  • PLILOS22A
    PLILOS22A
  • PTUTAS22B
    PTUTAS22B
  • PLILOS22
    PLILOS22
  • PBIOKES22
  • PLILOS22B
    PLILOS22B
  • PTUTAMS22
    PTUTAMS22
  • PKONTS22B
    PKONTS22B
  • PLILOS22KULJ
    PLILOS22Transport
  • PKONTS22A
    PKONTS22A
  • PRAKIS21
  • PTIETS22swis
    PTIETS22 Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PLILOS22HANK
    PLILOS22Purchasing
  • PTUTAS22PROD
    Product and production management
  • PTUTAS22LOG
    Procurement and logistics
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PMYYFS22
    Finacial Services
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTUTAS22
    PTUTAS22
  • PTUTAS22A
    PTUTAS22A
  • PKONTS22

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
- describe the principles of project team operation and project control
- explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
- use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
- solve problems related to project implementation
- apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
- document the project
- identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
- evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.
More detailed outcomes will be defined on a project basis and according to student’s degree programme and competence area.

Content

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s or student team’s own project or business idea. Also development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.

The final extent, detailed contents, student workload and learning outcomes of the course will be defined on a project basis.

Materials

Students choose their theory to suit the project and their own learning goals.
Every student chooses one useful book to read. The book must be useful for the project and for students own learning.
Students gather all necessary info, knowledge, skills and tools to be able to succesfully finnish the project.

Teaching methods

Contact lessons/info, teamwork, individual work, reports. Pedagogical methods used: Project learning, problem based learning, CDIO and innovation pedagogy.

International connections

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s, student team’s own project, or business idea. In addition, development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.
Students select their preferred projects they want to work after exhibition.
After completing the course, the student can:
• participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
• describe the principles of project team operation and project control
• explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
• use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
• solve problems related to project implementation
• apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
• document the project
• identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
• evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.

Student workload

4 hours on Tuesday and 4 hours on Friday
Additionally student work in (SCRUM or other project management methods) team together with rest of team member.

Content scheduling

13.09.2024 - 20.12.2024.
• Innovation project is an onsite course. Working on Campus on Tuesdays and Fridays at 08-12. Absences for a maximum of 3 acceptable reasons.
• Project Work for pre-selected companies or organizations
• Working in groups of 6-10 students
• Each project has dedicated coach (staff member) and product owner (typically customer representative).
• SCRUM or some other method for project management
Idea/creation phase: Sep-Dec
Execution/prototyping phase:

Further information

Coordinators:
Linnossuo Timo
Sanna Simola

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Things to evaluate in Capstone:
• Attending group meetings
• Willingly accepts assigned tasks
• Contributes positively to group discussions.
• Completes work on time or make alternative arrangements.
• Helps others with their work when needed.
• Work accurately and completely, quality of the work is sufficient.
• Contribute a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Works to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas.
• Overall is valuable member of the team.

The course is evaluated with grades 0-5. Assessment based on feedback from groups peer assessment, tutor’s assessment, and POs assessment. Peer assessment and turtor asesment will be done constantly during the course.
Individual learning portfolio and project teams deliverables and documentation of project work will be used as assessment material for grading together with Peer-, tutor and PO evaluations.
Feedback and acting on it is important part of assessment of students learning and skills.

Each project documents the process and Deliverables and reports them to the PO.
Each student documents her/his learning process and work individually in Learning Portfolio.
The documentations (group and individual), the group Reports and the individual the Learning Portfolios will be part of the evaluation and grading of student work and learning.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

• Student has not contributed to group discussions.
• Student has not helped others when needed.
• Student has not returned assignments.
• Student has not contributed a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Student has not worked to find out how to solve a problem.
• Level of the final result is poor.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

• Student has contributed to group discussions.
• Student has completed work late or after reminder.
• Student has helped others when needed on acceptably way.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is satisfactory.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on acceptably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem on acceptably way.
• Student has collected and documented feedback from peers, tutor and PO.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grades (3 and 4) is placed between commendable and acceptably

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

• Student has contributed positively to group discussions.
• Student has completed work on time on commendable way.
• Student has helped others with their work.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is commendable.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on commendably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas on commendable way.
• Student has collected, documented and used feedback from peers, tutor and PO to imoprove his skills and work.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

10.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Nicolas Le Grand
  • Pia Lindgren
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

After completing this course the student
- is able to interact with people from different cultures
- knows the various frameworks on cultures and have a better understanding of how each culture perceives i.e. time and space, face and face-saving, verbal and nonverbal communication
- appreciates the differences in cultural beliefs and communication practices
- is able to apply his/her knowledge and skills in working and communicating with ease and confidence in intercultural situations

Content

Contents:
- cultural frameworks
- cultural awareness and identity
- cultural briefing
- national cultures and cultural influences
- intercultural communication skills
- culture in teams, business cultures

Materials

Basic course material will be available on Its Learning, additional rmaterial for the assignment is recommended based on students' own focus area.

Teaching methods

The course combines many methods:
-class sessions, shared knowledge in groups
-flipped learning,
-independent learning includes a small scale project with required research
-Working life contacts can be tied and applied

Exam schedules

This course is completed through assignments and there is no exam.

International connections

Pedagogical approach is international, working life oriented, learning in teams and also co-teaching as the course has two teachers
Course language is English, Finnish can be used as support

Completion alternatives

Alternative course are to be negotiated with teacher tutors

Student workload

5 cr = 135 h of student work
3*4h contact sessions with teacher
1*4h contact session with the co-teacher
preparing the pair assignment
preparing for the contact sessions by reading the material given (flipped learning)

Content scheduling

The course starts on 10 September, final class meeting is on 10 December 2025
After completing this course the student
- is able to interact with people from different cultures
- knows the various frameworks on cultures and has a better understanding of how each culture perceives i.e. time and space, face and face-saving, verbal and nonverbal communication
- appreciates the differences in cultural beliefs and communication practices
- is able to apply his/her knowledge and skills in working and communicating with ease and confidence in intercultural situations

Contents:- cultural frameworks
- cultural awareness and identity
- national cultures and cultural influences
- intercultural communication skills
- culture in teams, business cultures, special insight to French business environment

Further information

Main information channel is e-mail, communication language preferably English

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Pair assignment
Active discussion and shared knowledge
Self, peer and teacher assessment

Documents returned after deadline will result in lowering the grade

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

No returned documents
Very inactive presence
Incomplete documents

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student
has demonstrated limited knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course.
shows some difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content.
demonstrates little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments.
has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Some parts of the text are unclear.

Deliverables are done but lack analysis.



.


e

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student
has demonstrated good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course.
shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content.
demonstrates clear ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments.
is able to communicate his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Important parts of the text are clear and well written.
Discussions showing interest and motivation
Documents well prepared and analytical

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student
has demonstrated excellent knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the course.
shows s/he can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content.
demonstrates excellent ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments.
is able to communicate clearly his/her ideas in writing to the reader in a professional way. Most of the text is professionally and analytically written.
Student's professional approach is based on experience and knowledge is shown in discussions and in documentation
Assignments show analytical expertise

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 30.08.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 09.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Otieno Mbare
Groups
  • MLIISK23

Objective

The student is able to
- distinguish between the competitive requirements in international business vs. domestic business
- define different business models in international business
- describe various business strategies when entering and operating in international business
- understand the requirements for marketing in the international business environment
- acquire the needed information for doing business in the EU.

Materials

1. John Daniels, Lee Radebaugh, and Daniel Sullivan. International Business: Environments and Operations, 13/e. Copywrite @ 2011 Pearson Education, Inc. publishing as Prentice Hall
2. Griffin - Pustay. International Business, Sixth Edition. Prentice Hall
3. Alan M. Rugman & Simon Collinson. International Business. @ Pearson Education Limited 2009,. Prentice Hall

Teaching methods

A combination of lectures, case discussions, team work, and presentations

Exam schedules

No exam

International connections

Experiential learning, inquiry-based, case studies, collaborative, reflective, constructivism, and integrative

Student workload

135 hrs
• First group assignments (30h)
• Second group assignments (30)
• studying the recommended literatures (42h)
• final group project work (33h)

Content scheduling

Global business has been growing rapidly due to technological expansion, liberalization of governmental policies on international trade and resource movements, more democratic governance, development of institutions needed to support and facilitate international transactions, and increased global competition. Having a global mindset is considered an asset in order to meet the needs of clients that are moving to foreign markets; and order to achieve this global fit, international knowledge is a requirement.
- after taking this course the students will gain competence in reviewing and analyzing international business cases
- gain greater skills dealing with real-life cases and gain immense understanding of international business operations and management

Further information

For more information contact:
Email: Otieno.Mbare@turkuamk.fi
Tel. +358 40 355 0175
Room (??)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The grading system is between 1 - 5 where:
1 = Mediocre, 2 = Satisfactory, 3 = Good, 4 = Very good, 5 = Excellent

Active participation, 20%
1 individual assignment 10%
1 group assignments, 30%
Final group assignment, 50%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

- Quantity: the work is not completed and or;
- Quality: the minimum content requirements are not met

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Acceptable, but below average / Satisfactory:
- Research, thinking and communication are hardly acceptable
- Appear to grasp theory and have made a start in showing its applicability

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Good understanding of key International business theories, and able to demonstrate how to apply theoretical knowledge into the case studies/assignments. The student demonstrates good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the assignments. The student is able to communicate his/her ideas to others. Important parts of the text are clear and well written.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Excellent understanding of key International business theories, and able to demonstrate, apply theoretical knowledge into practice with valuable findings. The student ability to gather and interpret relevant data is consistent throughout the course duration. The student is able to communicate clearly his/her ideas to others in a professional way. Most of the text is clear and well written.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 10.09.2024

Timing

03.09.2024 - 22.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Johanna Stenroos-Vuorio
Groups
  • MLIISK24

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Alisa Pettersson
Groups
  • MLIISK22

Objective

The student can act in different learning environments and develop his/her professional competence.
Developing working life skills – towards working life
- The student can apply what he/she has learned in a work environment

- The student gives feedback through the student barometre questionnaire

ISP
- The student creates an employment and career plan

Content

Deepening the working life and study skills
- RDI/cooperatives as a part of studies

- Individual study skills

- inner entrepreneurship

- thesis

- working life skills

- development discussion

- competence paths

- practical training

- cooperation with companies

- updating the ISP

- internationalisation (exchange studies, practical training abroad, internationalisation at home)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.08.2024 - 31.08.2024

Timing

01.09.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Anne-Marie Jünger
  • Nicolas Le Grand
  • Annamari Heikkilä
  • Minna Björkberg-Suominen
  • Riikka Kulmala
  • Anniina Vainio
  • Kari Juhala
  • Susanna Saari
  • Katja Repo
  • Krista Holopainen
  • Jaakko Haltia
  • Heidi Kurvinen
Groups
  • LTOPS24TAI
  • LTOPS24F
  • LTOPS24G
  • LTOPS24B
  • LTOPS24C
  • LTOPS24D
  • LTOPS24E
  • LTOPS24H
  • LTOPS24I
  • LTOPS24J
  • LTOPS24A
  • LTOPS24K

Objective

The student is able to
- use the basic terminology of business administration
- interpret the interactive relationships between the organization's economic process and the interest groups and their impact on profitability
- present the main characteristics of modern marketing thinking
- give examples of issues that have an effect on buyer behaviour and explain how the marketing mix can be used to reach target segments
- compare company forms businesswise
- explain the main characteristics and functions of the Finnish legal system
- explain the legal rules of conclusion of an agreement
- apply the basic sources of legal information in problemsolving
- utilize business plan as a tool

Content

- basic concepts of business administration
- economic process of an organization
- profitability and calculation of profitability
- financing of business start
- risks and risk management
- organization and management
- company forms
- modern marketing thinking
- marketing environment
- buyer behaviour and segmentation
- marketing mix
- main characteristics, norms and sources of law in the Finnish legal system

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 30.09.2024

Timing

01.09.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Emmanuel Querrec

Objective

After completing this course the student is able to
- apply a logistical thinking when analyzing business operations
- understand the strategic importance and role of logistics in international trade
- is able to explain the nature of a logistic system in functional terms (transport, warehousing, information systems)
- make recommendation for improving a given supply chain
- maintain a positive and value creating relationships with suppliers and customers

Content

- Supply Chain Management
- Supply Chain risks and optimization
- Transportation
- Warehousing
- Global trade processes and related documentation
- Process analysis

Materials

On-site and Online learning materials
Links to Videos
Readings (web, FINNA)
International Business, Global Edition, John D. Daniels, Lee H. Radebaugh and Daniel P.Sullivan, Pearson Education, Fifteenth edition, 2014. Chapter 18 (Global Production and Supply Chains). The book is freely available through the online materials database of TUAS (https://turkuamk.finna.fi/?lng=en-gb) at https://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/turkuamk-ebooks/reader.action?docID=5137609&ppg=738
Do not overuse book licences, use licences parsimonuouusly by avoiding multiple short time reading sessions.

Teaching methods

Blended approach: class meetings, online videos, readings, individual exercises.

Exam schedules

Information is available on the learning platform.

International connections

Activity and case-based learning. Use of tools for analytics and decision-making in the context of supply chain management.

Student workload

Possibility of on-site and online collaboration. Courses on Wednesdays as part of the International Semester.

Content scheduling

The implementation takes place on Spring 2023.
Please look at the exact dates, and possible updates on the course information sharing platforms (Peppi, Tuudo)..

Further information

After completing this course the student is able to:
- understand the notion of value chain
- apply a value chain analysis to a case study
- understand the notion of supply chain
- apply suplpy chain thinking by drawing a supply chain diagram
- understand quality management
- apply a problem identification tool
- understand process thinking
- apply process mapping through drawing a flowchart diagram
- understand the notion of risk and risk management
- apply risk assessment tools
- understand the notion of sustainability and its impact on supply chains and consumer markets
Indicative structure of the course:
- value chain
- supply chain
- quality management
- process drawing
- risk management
- sustainability in the supply chain

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment is based on participation to the online session, and application of the tools that support supply chain systems.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The participant has not been present without satisfactory proof to at least 66% of the onsite and online meetings.
The participant fails to apply the tools that support supply chain systems due to lack of understanding of the theoretical rationale and tool usage requirements..The student has demonstrated limited knowledge and understanding of the chapter. The student has difficulties in applying his/her knowledge and understanding
of the chapter content to complete the task/assignment. The student demonstrates little ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection
about what is asked for the task/assignment. The student has difficulties in communicating his/her ideas in writing to the reader. Some parts of the text are unclear.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The participant understands the purpose of the tool that support supply chain systems and manages to apply them despite flaws in the usage requirements. The student has demonstrated good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the chapter to complete the task/assignment.
The student shows he/she can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content to complete the task/assignment.
The student demonstrates good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the task/assignment.
The student is able to communicate their ideas in writing to the reader. Important parts of the text are clear and well written.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The participant has a clear understanding the purpose of the tool that support supply chain systems and manages to apply them satisfyingly fulfilling the usage requirements. The student has demonstrated very good knowledge and understanding of the main areas of the chapter.
The student shows they can apply his/her knowledge and understanding of the course content to answer the task/assignment.
The student demonstrates very good ability to gather and interpret relevant data to inform judgments that include reflection about what is asked for the task/assignment.
The student is able to communicate clearly his/her ideas in writing to the reader in a professional way. Most of the text is clear and well written.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The participant has a clear understanding the purpose of the tool that support supply chain systems and manages to apply them entirely fulfilling the usage requirements.
The participant is able to make analytical statements following the appllciation of tools. The student is able to create new knowledge. He/she innovates and shows full commitment in fulfilling the requirements.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 31.08.2024

Timing

01.09.2024 - 10.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • PLIITS23TAHA

Objective

The student learns to deal with different payroll functions and regulations. He/she gets skills to manage the tasks of payroll administration. The student also learns to use payroll software.

Content

- Payroll laws, regulations and collective agreements
- Different pay systems
- Taxes and other deductions from the salary
- Overtime and holiday pay
- Fringe benefits
- Tax-exempt allowances
- Payables and reporting
- Payroll software

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 30.09.2024

Timing

01.09.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Emmanuel Querrec
Groups
  • PLIITS23BOM
  • VaihtoS24Yrmy

Objective

The course provides the student with understanding of the key building elements in sustainable development and corporate social responsibility strategy planning and implementation.

On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
- Critically relate to the notion of sustainable development (SD) through its human, social, economic and environmental aspects
- Understand and recognize the complexity of SD in the societal and entrepreneurial context
- Define the main elements of a company’s Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
- Critically relate to a CSR Strategy and its impact towards direct and indirect stakeholders

Content

Understanding the environment: the planet, the society, the community, the business
The pillars of sustainable development (SD): the 17 SDG’s and models for SD
Planning a SD strategy for a business
Implementing the SD strategy for a business
The Meaning and Importance of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
The Role of Stakeholders in CSR
The Strategic Importance of CSR Implementation

Materials

Developing Corporate Social Responsibility: The Essential Guide For Expanding Your CSR Efforts Paperback – November 12, 2021 by Elmer Elter

Teaching methods

The course provides the student with understanding of the key building elements in sustainable development and corporate social responsibility strategy planning and implementation.

On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
- Critically relate to the notion of sustainable development (SD) through its human, social, economic and environmental aspects
- Understand and recognize the complexity of SD in the societal and entrepreneurial context
- Define the main elements of a company’s Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
- Critically relate to a CSR Strategy and its impact towards direct and indirect stakeholders.

The student learns to work in a goal-oriented manner, acquire knowledge independently from different sources and reflect on previous experiences.
The student also learns to work in groups participating in the solution-making process in different roles. Group work improves social interaction skills and problem-solving skills.

International connections

In this course we are utilizing PBL (problem based learning) method. PBL is a student-centered approach in which students learn about a subject by working in groups to solve an open-ended problem. Students must identify the needed information. They learn the information and apply it to solve the problem.

Student workload

This course equals to 5 ECTS.
A weekly session is organised to provide knowledge and guidance for the completion of assignments.

Content scheduling

Contents:
- Understanding the environment: the planet, the society, the community, the business
- The pillars of sustainable development (SD): the 17 SDG’s and models for SD
- Planning a SD strategy for a business
- Implementing the SD strategy for a business
- The Meaning and Importance of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
- The Role of Stakeholders in CSR
- The Strategic Importance of CSR Implementation

Contact lessons plan will be found in Peppi (Tuudo, Outlook calendar. See detailed schedule from lukkari.turkuamk.fi)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Course assessment (final grade; scale 1-5) is based on the performance in the course assignments and tasks.
Course assignments and tasks relates to sections of the course.
Course assignments and tasks are each valued with a number of points relatively to the difficulty of the assignment/task.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student fails to show capability in understanding the principles of Sustainable Development (SD). The student fails to show capability in understanding the principles of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR).

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has understood the theoretical and practical aspects of Sustainable Development (SD). The student is able to share his/her perspective on a SD issue, to articulate the trade-offs in making SD related decisions within context.
The student has understood the theoretical and practical aspects of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), he/she is able to define a CSR strategy.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student demonstrates capability to a use a holistic approach, which seeks integrative thinking and practice related to SD issues. The student demonstrates capability to develop a sound CSR strategy in line with company vision, mission and values.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student demonstrates capability to envision change, explore alternative futures, learn from the past and inspire engagement in the present. Through reflecting in SD and CSR solutions, the student is able to aim at achieving societal transformation, which serves to change in the way people engage towards SD, as well as contributing to company CSR policy.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 30.09.2024

Timing

01.09.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Emmanuel Querrec

Objective

The course provides the student with understanding of the key building elements in sustainable development and corporate social responsibility strategy planning and implementation.

On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
- Critically relate to the notion of sustainable development (SD) through its human, social, economic and environmental aspects
- Understand and recognize the complexity of SD in the societal and entrepreneurial context
- Define the main elements of a company’s Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
- Critically relate to a CSR Strategy and its impact towards direct and indirect stakeholders

Content

Understanding the environment: the planet, the society, the community, the business
The pillars of sustainable development (SD): the 17 SDG’s and models for SD
Planning a SD strategy for a business
Implementing the SD strategy for a business
The Meaning and Importance of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
The Role of Stakeholders in CSR
The Strategic Importance of CSR Implementation

Materials

Developing Corporate Social Responsibility: The Essential Guide For Expanding Your CSR Efforts Paperback – November 12, 2021 by Elmer Elter

Teaching methods

The course provides the student with understanding of the key building elements in sustainable development and corporate social responsibility strategy planning and implementation.

On completion of the course, the student should be able to:
- Critically relate to the notion of sustainable development (SD) through its human, social, economic and environmental aspects
- Understand and recognize the complexity of SD in the societal and entrepreneurial context
- Define the main elements of a company’s Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
- Critically relate to a CSR Strategy and its impact towards direct and indirect stakeholders.

The student learns to work in a goal-oriented manner, acquire knowledge independently from different sources and reflect on previous experiences.
The student also learns to work in groups participating in the solution-making process in different roles. Group work improves social interaction skills and problem-solving skills.

International connections

In this course we are utilizing PBL (problem based learning) method. PBL is a student-centered approach in which students learn about a subject by working in groups to solve an open-ended problem. Students must identify the needed information. They learn the information and apply it to solve the problem.

Student workload

This course equals to 5 ECTS.
A weekly session is organised to provide knowledge and guidance for the completion of assignments.

Content scheduling

Contents:
- Understanding the environment: the planet, the society, the community, the business
- The pillars of sustainable development (SD): the 17 SDG’s and models for SD
- Planning a SD strategy for a business
- Implementing the SD strategy for a business
- The Meaning and Importance of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR)
- The Role of Stakeholders in CSR
- The Strategic Importance of CSR Implementation

Contact lessons plan will be found in Peppi (Tuudo, Outlook calendar. See detailed schedule from lukkari.turkuamk.fi)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Course assessment (final grade; scale 1-5) is based on the performance in the course assignments and tasks.
Course assignments and tasks relates to sections of the course.
Course assignments and tasks are each valued with a number of points relatively to the difficulty of the assignment/task.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student fails to show capability in understanding the principles of Sustainable Development (SD). The student fails to show capability in understanding the principles of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR).

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has understood the theoretical and practical aspects of Sustainable Development (SD). The student is able to share his/her perspective on a SD issue, to articulate the trade-offs in making SD related decisions within context.
The student has understood the theoretical and practical aspects of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR), he/she is able to define a CSR strategy.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student demonstrates capability to a use a holistic approach, which seeks integrative thinking and practice related to SD issues. The student demonstrates capability to develop a sound CSR strategy in line with company vision, mission and values.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student demonstrates capability to envision change, explore alternative futures, learn from the past and inspire engagement in the present. Through reflecting in SD and CSR solutions, the student is able to aim at achieving societal transformation, which serves to change in the way people engage towards SD, as well as contributing to company CSR policy.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 05.09.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Eeva Lehtinen
Groups
  • MLIITS23
    Liiketalouden monimuotokoulutus, syksy 2023

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

26.08.2024 - 08.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

80 - 95

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Laura Nurminen
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • LTOPS24F
  • LTOPS24G
  • LTOPS24E
  • LTOPS24H

Objective

After completing the study unit the student is able to
- analyze professional texts in his/her own field and utilize the knowledge in new situations
- acquire and apply sources of information to produce a logical and matter-of-fact style written and oral presentation
- utilize different language planning guides to support own communication
- recognize different types of turns to speak and modes of argumentation
- assess own communication skills
- develop his/her communication based on received feedback and give constructive feedback
- evaluate his/her communication skills in the context of his/her future expertise
- recognize the stylistic aspects of organizational communication
- identify the principles of internal and external communication of organisations

Content

1. Individual communication
- analysis, interpretation and writing of professional texts in the student’s field
- matter-of-fact style texts and good command of standard language
- argumentation and oral communication situations in work life
- creation and visualization of an oral presentation
- assessment of own communication skills
- giving and receiving feedback
-  
2. Organizational communication
- interest group communication
- internal and external communication

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

26.08.2024 - 08.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

80 - 95

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Laura Nurminen
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • LTOPS24I
  • LTOPS24J
  • LTOPS24K

Objective

After completing the study unit the student is able to
- analyze professional texts in his/her own field and utilize the knowledge in new situations
- acquire and apply sources of information to produce a logical and matter-of-fact style written and oral presentation
- utilize different language planning guides to support own communication
- recognize different types of turns to speak and modes of argumentation
- assess own communication skills
- develop his/her communication based on received feedback and give constructive feedback
- evaluate his/her communication skills in the context of his/her future expertise
- recognize the stylistic aspects of organizational communication
- identify the principles of internal and external communication of organisations

Content

1. Individual communication
- analysis, interpretation and writing of professional texts in the student’s field
- matter-of-fact style texts and good command of standard language
- argumentation and oral communication situations in work life
- creation and visualization of an oral presentation
- assessment of own communication skills
- giving and receiving feedback
-  
2. Organizational communication
- interest group communication
- internal and external communication

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 02.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Salo IoT Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Taru Kankaanpää
  • Johanna Stenroos-Vuorio
Groups
  • MLIISK24

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 31.07.2024

Timing

01.08.2024 - 31.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
Teachers
  • Arto Kuuluvainen
Groups
  • DUSVAS23

Objective

Student
- is able to facilitate open communication and collaboration spirit within and between the teams and groups of her/his organization
- understands his/her own social way of working
- masters good and efficient meeting practices
- is able to explain the importance of different media, ways of working and tasks as part of the sport sector and the social environment

Content

- is able to facilitate open communication and collaboration spirit within and between the teams and groups of her/his organization
- understands his/her own social way of working
- masters good and efficient meeting practices
- is able to explain the importance of different media, ways of working and tasks as part of the sport sector and the social environment

Evaluation scale

H-5